HomeMy WebLinkAboutGOLD MECH AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HIISTORY
s-
AUGUSTA RICHMOND COUNTY
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PROJECT MANUAL
FOR
RFP #07-087
HVAC RENO VA TIONS AND NEW FIRE
PROTECTION SERVICE
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
Prepared by:
Heery International, Inc.
999 Peachtree Street, NE
Atlanta, Georgia, 30309
Guaranteed Maximum Price Agreement
Between
Owner and Design-Builder
This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with
an attorney is recommended with respect to its completion or modification.
This AGREEMENT is made as of the 4th day of September in the year of 2007, by and between the following
parties, for services in connection with the Project identified below:
OWNER:
Augusta Georgia, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, acting by and through
the Richmond County Commission (Hereinafter referred to as: OWNER)
DESIGN-BUILDER:
Gold Mech Inc.
1559 Broad Street
Augusta, GA 30904
PROJECT:
HV AC and Fire Protection Renovations to the Augusta Museum of History
RFP Number 07-087
In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations contained herein, Owner and Design-Builder agree as
set forth herein.
Agreement
1
Article 1
Scope of Work
1.1 Design-Builder shall perform all design and construction services, and provide all material, equipment,
tools and labor, necessary to complete the Work described in and reasonably inferable from the Contract
Documents.
Article 2
Contract Documents
2.1 The Contract Documents are comprised of the following:
.1 All written modifications, amendments (including, as applicable, the GMP Exhibit referenced in
Section 6.5.1.1 hereof or tho GMP Proposal accepted by O.....ner in accordance with Section 6.5.2
hereof) and change orders to this Agreement issued in accordance with DBIA Document No. 535,
Standard Form of General Conditions of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder (1998
Edition) ("General Conditions of Contracf');
.2 This Agreement, including the followinQ exhibits and attachments:
a. Exhibit A - Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP)
b. Exhibit B - Schedule
c. Exhibit C - Contract Documents Project Manual. dated AUQust 1 . 2007
.3 Written Special Conditions, if any, to the General Conditions of Contract;
.4 The General Conditions of Contract;
.5 Construction Documents prepared and approved in accordance with Section 2.4 of the General
Conditions of Contract;
.6 Owner's Project Criteria, as defined by RFP 07-087 and its attachments and addenda thereto;
and
.7 The following other documents, if any: (List, for example, Unit Price Schedules, Design-Builder's allowances,
Performance Standard Requirements, Owner's Permit List and any other document Owner and Design-Builder elect to make a
Contract Document)
Article 3
Interpretation and Intent
3.1 The Contract Documents are intended to permit the parties to complete the Work and all obligations
required by the Contract Documents within the Contract Time(s) for the Contract Price. The Contract Documents
are intended to be complementary and interpreted in harmony so as to avoid conflict, with words and phrases
interpreted in a manner consistent with construction and design industry standards. In the event of any
inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity between or among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall
take precedence in the order in which they are listed in Section 2.1 hereof.
3.2 Terms, words and phrases used in the Contract Documents, including this Agreement, shall have the
meanings given them in the General Conditions of Contract.
Agreement 2
3.3 The Contract Documents form the entire agreement between Owner and Design-Builder and by
incorporation herein are as fully binding on the parties as if repeated herein. No oral representations or other
agreements have been made by the parties except as specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
Article 4
Ownership of Work Product
4.1 Work Product. All drawings, specifications and other documents and electronic data furnished by
Design-Builder to Owner under this Agreement ('Work Product") are deemed to be instruments of service and
Design-Builder shall retain the ownership and property interests therein, including the copyrights thereto.
4.2 Owner's Limited License Upon Payment in Full. Upon Owner's payment in full for all Work performed
under the Contract Documents, Design-Builder shall grant Owner a limited license to use the Work Product in
connection with Owner's occupancy of the Project, conditioned on Owner's express understanding that its use of
the Work Product is at Owner's sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Design-Builder or anyone
working by or through Design-Builder, including Design Consultants of any tier (collectively the "Indemnified
Parties").
4.3 Owner's Limited License Upon Owner's Termination for Convenience or Design-Builder's Election
to Terminate. If Owner terminates the Project for its convenience as set forth in Article 8 hereof, or if Design-
Builder elects to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 11.4 of the General Conditions of Contract,
Design-Builder shall, upon Owner's payment in full of the amounts due Design-Builder under the Contract
Documents, grant Owner a limited license to use the Work Product to complete the Project and subsequently
occupy the Project, conditioned on the following:
.1 Use of the Work Product is at Owner's sole risk without liability or legal exposure to any
Indemnified Party; aM
.2 O'l:ner agrees to pay Design Builder the additional sum of
Dollars ($ ) as compensation f-or tho right to use the Work Product in accordance
with this Article 4 if Owner resumes the Project through its employees, agents, or third parties.
4.4 O':,mer's limited license Upon Design Eh.Jilder's Default. If this Agreement is terminated duo to
Design Builder's dofault pursuant to Section 11.2 of tho General Conditions of Contract and (i) it is determined
that Design Builder was in default and (ii) Owner has fully satisfied all of its obligations under the Contract
Documents, Dosign Builder shall grant Owner a limitod license to use the Work Product in connection with
4.5 Owner's Indemnification for Use of Work Product. If Owner uses the '.IVork Product under any of the
circumstancos identified in this J\rticlo 4, Owner shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless tho Indemnified
Parties from and against any and all claims, damagos, liabilities, losses and oxponsos, including attorneys' fees,
arising out of or resulting from the use of the Work Product.
Agreement
3
Article 5
Contract Time
5.1 Date of Commencement. The Work shall commence within five (5) days of Design-Builder's receipt of
Owner's Notice to Proceed ("Date of Commencement") unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing.
5.2 Substantial Completion and Final Completion
5.2.1 Substantial Completion of the entire Work shall be achieved no later than 210 calendar days followina
Notice to Proceed.
("Scheduled Substantial Complotion Date").
5.2.2 Intorim milestones and/or Substantial Completion of idontified portions of the '.^fork shall be achio'lod as
follo'Ns: (!nseN any in teRm milestenes for paNions of the WOl'k with dijfe1'eflt scheduled dstes for Suhs16nti<<1 Completion)
5.2.3 Final Completion of the Work or identified portions of the Work shall be achieved on or bef-ore
5.2.4 All of the dates set forth in this Article 5 ("Contract Time(s)") shall be subject to adjustment in accordance
with the General Conditions of Contract.
5.3 Time is of the Essence. Owner and Design-Builder mutually agree that time is of the essence with
respect to the dates and times set forth in the Contract Documents.
5.4 Conseauential Damages. Design-Builder understands that if Substantial Completion is not attained by
the Scheduled Substantial Completion Date, Owner will suffer and incur actual and consequential damages due
to any delay in achieving Substantial Completion. Design-Builder agrees that it will be responsible for and shall
pay Owner all damages, costs, judgments, losses, expenses, claims, occupancy charges, rents, losses of use,
and penalties, whether special or consequential, of whatsoever nature, that are incurred by Owner and
occasioned by any delay in achieving Substantial Completion.
5.5 Early CompletioFl Bonus. If Substantial Completion is attainod on or before
( ) days before tho Scheduled Substantial Completion Date (the "Bonus Date"), O'lmer shall pay Design
Builder at tho time of Final Payment under Section 7.3 horoof an oarly completion bonus of Dollars
($ ) for each day that Substantial Complotion is attainod oarlior than the Bonus Date. (If a CAfP is not es16hlished
upon eJreeNtioll of this ,1gFeement, the parties should eellsider setting the ee1'ly cemp1etion bfJllus efter GAfP negotiations. If ell eerly cfJmpletion l1enus is
epplic.able te 6IlY detes set ffJ1'1h in SeetifJn 5.2.2 hereof, this Sect/en 5.5 win need 16 be modlfted aee6l'dingly.)
Article 6
Contract Price
6.1 Contract Price
6.1.1 Owner shall pay Design-Builder in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions of Contract a
contract price ("Contract Price") equal to Design-Builder's Fee (as defined in Section 6.2 hereof) plus the Cost of
the Work (as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), subject to any GMP established in Section 6.5 hereof and any
adjustments made in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract.
&.1.2 For the specific 'Nork set forth bolow, Owner agrees to pay Design Builder, ns part of the Contract Price,
on tho following basis: (This is an eptienal seetion intended to pl'fnide the paNies with flexibility to identifj' and pRee limited fJl'elimin<<ry seFVices,
such fJS e lump sum or cost plus eTl'angement fer preliminery design, pl'ogFemming, er sen'iees nee8S66ry to enable Design Builder to fUmish Oll'nel' with <<
CMP before exeeutifJll of this AgFeement.)
Agreement
4
6.2 Design-Builder's Fixed Fee and Fixed General Conditions Price
6.2.1 Design-Builder's Fee, inclusive of General Conditions, shall be: ONE HUNDRED SIXTY THOUSAND
DOLLARS
($160,000.00)
6.2.2 Design Builder's Fee "'Jill bo adjusted as follo'.vs for any changes in the '1'.'ork: (!nseFt jil'ltl/'leial aFrangements for
atijf;fSHflents)
6.3 Cost of the Work. The term Cost of the Work shall mean costs reasonably incurred by Design-Builder in
the proper performance of the Work. The Cost of the Work shall include only the following:
.1 Wages of direct employees of Design-Builder other than office and field management and
supervision performing the Work at the Site or, with Owner's agreement, at locations off the Site,
provided, however, that the costs for those employees of Design-Builder performing design
services shall be included within the fixed General Conditions costs and not otherwise charQed to
Owner.
.2 Wages or salaries of Design-Builder's personnel engaged in the performance of the Work and
who are located at the Site or working off-Site to assist in the production or transportation of
material and equipment necessary for the Work.
.3 Wages or salaries of Design Builder's personnel stationod at Design Builder's principal or branch
offices and performing the following functions. The reimbursable costs of personnel stationed at
Design Builder's principal or branch offices shall include a
percent ( %) markup to componsato Design Builder for the Project related overhead
associated with such personnel. (!nse1't the names, job deseRption or JOB title ofpemJnnel
.4 Costs incurred by Design-Builder for employee benefits, premiums, taxes, insurance,
contributions and assessments required by law, collective bargaining agreements, or which are
customarily paid by Design-Builder, to the extent such costs are based on wages and salaries
paid to employees of Design-Builder covered under Sections 6.3.1 through 6.3.3 hereof.
.5 The reasonable portion of the cost of travel, accommodations and meals for Design-Builder's
personnel necessarily and directly incurred in connection with the performance of the Work; in
accordance with established Augusta Richmond County per diem rates.
.6 Payments properly made by Design-Builder to Subcontractors and Design Consultants for
performance of portions of the Work, including any insurance and bond premiums incurred by
Subcontractors and Design Consultants.
.7 Costs incurred by Design Builder in repairing or correcting defective, damaged or nonconforming
'Nork, providod that such defoctive, damaged or nonconforming '.^.fork ','Vas beyond the
reasonable control of Design Builder, or caused by the ordinary mistakes or inadvertence, and
not the negligenco, of Design Builder or those v/.orking by or through Design Builder. If the costs
associated '1:ith such defective, damaged or nonconforming '/I.'ork are recoverable from
insurance, Subcontractors or Design Consultants, Design Builder shall exercise best eff-orts to
obtain recovery from tho appropriate source and credit Owner if recovery is obtained.
.8 Costs, including transportation, inspection, testing, storage and handling, of materials, equipment
and supplies incorporated or reasonably used in completing the Work.
Agreement
5
.9 Costs less salvage value of matorials, supplies, machinery, equipment and hand tools not
customarily o'.vned by the '....orkers that are not fully consumed in the performance of the '.'\fork
and which remain the property of Design Buildor, including the costs of transporting, inspecting,
testing, handling, installing, maintaining, dismantling and removing such items.
.10 Costs of removal of debris and waste from the Site, if generated in conjunction with the Work.
.11 The reasonablo costs and oxpenses incurred in establishing, oporating and demobilizing the Site
office, including the cost of facsimile transmissions, long distance telophone calls, postage and
express del ivory charges, tole phone service, photocopying and reasonable petty cash expenses.
.12 Rental charges and the costs of transportation, installation, minor repairs and replacements,
dismantling and removal of temporary f-acilities, machinery, equipment and hand tools not
customarily owned by the workers, which are provided by Design-Builder at the Site, whether
rented from Design-Builder or others, and incurred in the performance of the Work.
.13 Premiums for insurance and bonds required by this Agreement or the performance of the 'Nork.
.14 All fuel and utility costs incurred in the performance of the Work, excludinQ utilities for temporary
facilities.
.15 Sales, use or similar taxes, tariffs or duties incurred in the performance of the Work.
.16 Legal costs, court costs and costs of mediation and arbitration reasonably arising from Design
Buildor's performance of tho 'Plork, provided such costs do not arise from disputes bet'l:een
Owner and Design Builder.
.17 Costs for permits, royalties, licenses, tests and inspections incurred by Design-Builder as a
requirement of the Contract Documents.
.18 The cost of defending suits or claims for infringement of patent rights arising from the uso of a
particular dosign, process, or product required by Owner, paying legal judgments against Design
Builder resulting from such suits or claims, and paying settlemonts mado with Owner's consent.
.19 Deposits 'Nhich are lost, excopt to the extent caused by Dosign Builder's negligence.
.20 Costs incurred in prevonting damage, injury or loss in case of an emergency affecting the safety
of persons and proporty.
.21 Other costs reasonably and properly incurred in the performance of the Work to the extent
approved in writing by Owner.
6.4 Non-Reimbursable Costs
The following shall be excluded from the Cost of the Work:
.1 Compensation for Design-Builder's personnel stationed at Design-Builder's principal or branch
offices, except as provided for in Sections 6.3.1, 6.3.2 and 6.3.3 hereof.
.2 Overhead and general expenses, except as provided for in Section 6.3 hereof, or which may be
recoverable for changes to the Work.
Agreement
6
.3 The cost of Design-Builder's capital used in the performance of the Work.
.4 If the parties have agreed on a GMP, costs that would cause the GMP, as adjusted in accordance
with the Contract Documents, to be exceeded.
6.5 The Guaranteed Maximum Price
6.5.1 GMP Established Upon Execution of this Agreement
6.5.1.1 Design-Builder guarantees that it shall not exceed the GMP of SEVEN HUNDRED NINETY-NINE
THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND FIFTY AND SIXTY-THREE HUNDREDTHS DOLLARS ($799,750.63).
Design-Builder does not guarantee any specific line item provided as part of the GMP, but agrees that it will be
responsible for paying all costs of completing the Work which exceed the GMP, as adjusted in accordance with
the Contract Documents. Documents used as a basis for the GMP shall be identified in an exhibit to this
Agreement ("GMP Exhibit").
6.5.1.2 The GMP includes a Contingency in the amount of FORTY-NINE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE DOLLARS ($ 49,925.00) which is available for Design-Builder's exclusive use for costs that are
incurred in performing the Work that are Rat included in a specific line items. or tho basis for a Change Order
undor the Contract Documents. By way of example, and not as a limitation, such costs include trade buy-out
differentials, overtime, acceleration, costs in correcting defective, damaged or nonconforming Work, design errors
or omissions and Subcontractor defaults. The Contingency is not available to Owner for any reason, including
changes in scope or any other item which would enable Design-Builder to increase the GMP under the Contract
Documents. Design-Builder shall provide Owner with notice of all anticipated charges against the Contingency.
6.5.2 GMP Established after Execution of this Agreement
6.5.2.1 GMP Proposal. If requested by O'A'ner, Design Builder shall submit a GMP Proposal to Owner which
shall include the following, unless tho parties mutually agree otherwise:
.1 ^ proposed GMP, which shall be the sum of:
i. Design Builder's Fee as defined in Section 6.2.1 horeof;
ii. the ostimated Cost of the '!'.'ork as dofinod in Soction 6.3 hereof, inclusive of any Design
Builder's Contingency as dofinod in Section 13.5.1.2 hereof; and
iii. if applicable, any prices established under Section 6.1.2 hereof.
.2 ^ list of the drawings and specifications, including all addenda, used as the basis f-or the GMP
proposal;
.3 !\ list of the assumptions and clarifications made by Design Builder in the preparation of the GMP
Proposal, which list is intended to supplement the information containod in tho drawings and
specifications;
.4 The Schedulod Substantial Completion Date upon '1:hich the proposed GMP is based, to the
extent said dato has not already been established under Section 5.2 hereof, and a schedule
upon which tho Schedulod Substantial Completion Date is based;
.5 If applicablo, a list of allowances and a statement of their basis;
.6 If applicable, a schedule of alternate prices;
Agreement
7
.7 If npplicablo, a schedulo of unit pricos;
.8 If applicable, a statoment of Additional Services; and
.9 The time limit for accoptance of tho GMP Proposal.
6.5.2.2 Re':iew and Adjustment to GMP Proposal. Mer submission of the GMP Proposal, Design Builder and
O..-mer shall meet to discuss and revie',': tho GMP Proposal. If Ownor has any comments regarding the GMP
Proposal, or finds any inconsistencies or inaccuracies in the information presented, it shall promptly givo written
notice to Design Builder of such commonts or findings. If appropriate, Dosign Builder shall, upon receipt of
O.....ner's notice, mnke appropriate adjustments to the GMP Proposal.
6.5.2.3 J\GceptanGe of GMP Proposal. If O'I:ner accepts the GMP Proposal, as may bo amondod by Design
Builder, the GMP nnd its basis shall be sot f-orth in an amendment to this Agreement.
6.5.2.4 Failure to Accept the GMP Proposal. If Owner rojocts the GMP Proposal, or fails to notify Design
Builder in .....riting on or before the date spocified in the GMP Proposal that it accepts the GMP Proposal, the GMP
Proposal shall bo deemed withdrawn and of no effoct. In such event, O'..:ner and Design Builder shall meet and
confer as to ho..... the Project will proceod, with O'l:nor having the following options:
.1 O.....ner may suggest modifications to the GMP Proposal, whoroupon, if such modifications are
accepted in writing by Dosign Buildor, tho GMP Proposal shall be deemed accepted and the
parties shall proceed in nccordance with Section 6.5.2.3 above;
.2 OIJ:nor may authorize Design Builder to continue to proceed with tho Work on tho basis of
reimbursement as provided in Section 6.1 hereof '.vithout a GMP, in which case all references in
this J\greoment to the GMP shall not be applicable; or
.3 Owner may terminnte this !\greement for convenionco in accordance ','\Iith Article 8 hereof;
provided, however, in this event, Design Builder shall not be entitled to the payment provided for
in Section 8.2 heroof.
If O,,':ner fails to exorcise any of the above options, Dosign Builder shall have the right to (i) continue with the
Work as if Owner had electod to proceod in accordance '.'lith Item .2 above, and be paid by O'lmer accordingly,
unless and until Owner notifies it in writing to stop tho Work, or (ii) suspend perf-ormance of Work in accordanco
with Section 11.3.1 of the Genoral Conditions of Contract, provided, however, that in such event Design Builder
shall not bo entitled to the payment providod for in Section 8.2 hereof.
6.5.3 Savings
6.5.3.1 If the sum of the actual Cost of the Work and Design-Builder's Fee (and, if applicable, any prices
established under Section 6.1.2 hereof) is less than the GMP, as such GMP may have been adjusted over the
course of the Project, the difference ("Savings") shall be shared as follows:
(Cheese Bile BfthefelkJwing.)
twenty percent (20%) to Design-Builder and eiQhtv (80%) percent to Owner.
The first Dollars ($ ) of Savings shall be pro':ided to (ehB9Se
either Design lJuiltJerBr Owner) , with the balance of Savings, if any,
shared porcent ( %) to Design Builder and percent
%) to O.t:nor.
Agreement
8
6.5.3.2 Savings shall be substantiated through supporting documentation and calculated and paid as part of Final
Payment under Soction 7.J hereof, with the understanding that to the extent Design-Builder incurs approved costs
after Final Completion which would have been payable to Design-Builder as a Cost of the Work, Design-Builder
shall be entitled to payment from Owner for that portion of such costs that were distributed to Owner as Savings.
Article 7
Procedure for Payment
7.1 Progress Payments
7.1.1 Design-Builder shall submit to Owner on the first (1st) day of each month, beginning with the first month
after the Date of Commencement, Design-Builder's Application for Payment in accordance with Article 6 of the
General Conditions of Contract.
7.1.2 Owner shall make payment within ten (10) thirty (30) days after Owner's receipt of each properly
submitted and accurate Application for Payment in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions of
Contract, but in each case less the total of payments previously made, and less amounts properly withheld under
Section 6.3 of the General Conditions of Contract.
7.1.3 If Design-Builder's Fee under Section 6.2.1 hereof is a fixed amount, the amount of Design-Builder's Fee
to be included in Design-Builder's monthly Application for Payment and paid by Owner shall be proportional to the
percentage of the Work completed, less payments previously made on account of Design-Builder's Fee.
7.2 Retainage on Progress Payments
7.2.1 Owner will retain ten percent (10%) of each Application for Payment provided, however, that when fifty
percent (50%) of the Work has been completed by Design-Builder, Owner will not retain any additional amounts
from Design-Builder's subsequent Applications for Payment. Owner will also reasonably consider reducing
retainage for Subcontractors completing their work early in the Project.
7.3.1 Documentation of Costs
7.3.1 Cost of Work, as defined by Section 6.3, shall be substantiated through supporting documentation, such as
the Schedule of Values, and attached to Design-Builder's Applications for Payment.
Article 8
Termination for Convenience
8.1 Upon ten (10) days' written notice to Design-Builder, Owner may, for its convenience and without cause,
elect to terminate this Agreement. In such event, Owner shall pay Design-Builder for the following:
.1 All Work executed and for proven loss, cost or expense in connection with the Work;
.2 The reasonable costs and expenses attributable to such termination, including demobilization
costs and amounts due in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Design
Consultants; and
.3 (Choose one of the following.)
Tho fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on the sum of items .1 and .2 abo'/e.
or
Agreement
9
Overhead and profit in the amount of seven percent (l.%) on the sum of items .1 and .2 above.
8.2 In addition to tho amounts set f-orth in Section 8.1 abo'/e, Design Builder shall be entitled to recei'/e ono of
the follo'Ning as applicable:
.1 If Ownor terminates this J\greemont prior to commencement of construction, Design Buildor shall
be paid percent ( %) of the romaining balance of the Contract Prico or, if a GMP
has not boon establishod, the remaining balance of the most recont ostimatod Contract Price.
.2 If Owner terminatos this I\greomont after commencemont of construction, Design Builder shall be
paid percent ( %) of the remaining balance of the Contract Price or, if a GMP
has not been estnblished, tho remaining balance of the most recent estimated Contract Price.
8.3 If Owner terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 above and proceeds to design and construct
the Project through its employees, agents or third parties, Owner's rights to use the Work Product shall be as set
forth in Section 4.3 hereof.
(The following Article 9 should only be used if the Owner and Design-Builder agree to establish
their respective representatives at the time the Agreement is executed rather than during the performance of the Project.)
Article 9
Representatives of the Parties
9.1 Owner's Representatives
9.1.1 Owner designates the individual listed below as its Senior Representative ("Owner's Senior
Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes under
Section 10.2.3 of the General Conditions of Contract: (IdentifY individual's name, title, address and telephone numbers)
Mr. Fred Russell, Administrator
Augusta Richmond County
530 Greene Street, RM. 801
Augusta, GA 30911
706-821-2400
9.1.2 Owner designates the individual listed below as its Owner's Representative, which individual has the
authority and responsibility set forth in Section 3.4 of the General Conditions of Contract: (IdentifY individual's name, title,
address and telephone numbers)
Heery International, Inc.
Mr. Robert T. Munger, AlA, CCM
501 Greene Street, Suite 313
Augusta, GA 30901
706-842-5543
9.2 Design-Builder's Representatives
9.2.1 Design-Builder designates the individual listed below as its Senior Representative ("Design-Builder's
Senior Representative"), which individual has the authority and responsibility for avoiding and resolving disputes
under Section 10.2.3 of the General Conditions of Contract: (IdentifY individual's name, title, address and telephone numbers)
9.2.2 Design-Builder designates the individual listed below as its Design-Builder's Representative, which
individual has the authority and responsibility set forth in Section 2.1.1 of the General Conditions of Contract:
(IdentifY individual's name, title, address and telephone numbers)
Agreement
10
Article 10
Bonds and Insurance
10.1 Insurance. Design-Builder shall procure in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions of
Contract the following insurance coverage's: (Attach Insurance Schedule indicating the required coverage, amount of required coverage,
duration of coverage, required rating of insurance carriers and any other insurance requirements required of the parties)
Design-Builder shall purchase and maintain all insurance as is required and specified in the General Conditions,
in Appendix B to the Agreement (Insurance/Bonding Requirements), and in any other Contract Documents. In the
event of any conflict between any insurance requirements of the Contract Documents, Design-Builder shall
provide the more comprehensive and complete coverage and higher limits of liability. All insurance must list
Owner as additional insured, and Design-Builder must provide certificates of all coverage and endorsements
showing the Owner as additional insured prior to commencement of Work and as a condition precedent to any
payment otherwise due to Design-Builder.
Insurance Descriptions Minimum Required Coverage
a. Workman's Compensation Statutory
b. Commercial General Liability $1,000,000 per occurrence
- Bodily Injury: Each Person $100,000
- Bodily Injury: Each Accident $200,000
- Property Damage: Each Accident $100,000
c. Automobile Liability & Property Damage $1,000,000 Combined Limit
- Bodily Injury: Each Person $100,000
- Bodily Injury: Each Accident $200,000
- Property Damage: Each Accident $100,000
d. Professional Liability
a. (Design Consultant) $1,000,000 per Loss/Claim
e. Builder's Risk
10.1.1 Evidence of such insurance shall be furnished to the Owner, and the Owner shall receive thirty (30) days
prior written notice of any cancellation, non-renewal or reduction of coverage of any of the policies. Upon notice of
such cancellation, non-renewal or reduction, the Design-Builder shall procure substitute insurance so as to assure
the Owner that the minimum limits of coverage are maintained continuously throughout the period of this
Agreement.
10.2 Bonds and Other Performance Security. Design-Builder shall provide the following performance bond
and labor and material payment bond or other performance security: (Indicate the amount of bonds and any other conditions of
the bonds or other security)
Design-Builder shall furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond each in the penal
amount of at least the Fixed Contract Price. The bonds must meet all applicable statutory requirements, be
provided substantially in the forms included in the Contract Documents, and must be issued by a Surety that is
reasonably acceptable to Owner and licensed in the State of Georgia. Design-Builder shall provide the bonds to
Owner prior to commencement of Work and as a condition precedent to any payment that otherwise due to
Design-Builder.
Agreement
11
Article 11
Dispute Resolution
11.1 Should mediation of disputes prove unsuccessful, the parties to this Agreement agree that the matter(s)
in question will be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. By signing this Agreement, the
Design Consultant waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia.
Article 12
Successors and Assigns
12.1 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the heirs, successors, assigns, trustees
and personal representatives of the Owner, as well as the permitted assigns and trustees of the Design Builder.
12.2 The Design Builder shall not assign, sublet or transfer its interest in this Agreement without the written
consent of the other, except that the Environmental Consultant may assign accounts receivable to a commercial
bank or financial institution for securing loans, without prior approval of the Owner.
Article 13
Other Provisions
13.1 Other provisions, if any, are as follows: (Insert any additional provisions)
In executing this Agreement, Owner and Design-Builder each individually represents that it has the necessary
financial resources to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, and each has the necessary corporate approvals
to execute this Agreement, and perform the services described herein.
OWNER:
DESIGN-BUILDER:
jAJ;P
Augusta, Georgia, a political
Subdivision of the State of Georgia
Acting by and through the
Augusta Richmond County Commission
Q@-
"'::::~:: L~ ~' . .-----
........ Slgnatu
Gold Mech, Inc.
B9~J/,11
Signature) .
e S. Copenhav~.."",,,,::.~..,,..;t..~~...
: : : ~t-::f~:::::~,~~:T::~~,~~;~;~~~
j!..'! .'~' 1" .~ (', '$
"i! ",~,j '1~ I ~~~ -:-t-. ;,
17 :;~.- ~~ ~. -A, :;
,., " .' $ "'.~,
Date:
Date:
Attest:
-~, oft P
~;" r, ." /d
~(~, :.o;!~'"~~.&o.~;
~~,;,~, t':c'f)-:--! ii-:\~" "';!"
''4>:\ "......"'~"..:~ .....-~
"\:~'14.""''''-''~~
Agreement
12
. .
EXHIBIT A
GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE (GMP)
TASK COST OF WORK TOTAL COST
NO. ABBREVIATED DESCRIPTION (wI contingency) Inclnding Fees
Complete remaining work associated with installation of
07-087-1 Owner-provided replacement chiller, as described by Project $31,486.00 $39,357.50
Manual Section 01010.
Replace or modify leaking boiler vent caps on East end of
07-087-2 roof, seal and insulate louver openings in main museum hall, $26,531.79 $33,164.74
as described bv Proiect Manual Section 01010.
Add humidifiers for winter humidity control, new water
07-087-3 piping, mechanical room hose bibs and associated electrical $170,770.40 $213,463.00
systems, as described by Project Manual Section 01010.
07-087- Replace existing HV AC electronic controls with new direct
4a digital control (DDC) system, as described by Project Manual $150,399.25 $187,999.06
Section 01010.
07-087- Integrate existing Johnson Control "Metasys" DDC controls
4b system in Annex Building, as described by Project Manual $7744.00 $9680.00
Section 01010.
07-087-5 Replace existing AHU Coil isolation valves and flow balance $23,243.28 $29,054.10
stations, as described by Project Manual Section 01010.
07 -087-6 Full test and balance on air and water distribution systems, as $38,139.20 $47,674.00
described bv Proiect Manual Section 01010.
Replace mold contaminated duct insulation in AHU-3
07-087-7 Mechanical Room as described by Project Manual Section $31,475.20 $39,344.00
01010.
Commission new DDC controls and equipment to verify
07-087-8 specified operation as described by Project Manual Section $15,121.32 $18,972.80
01010.
07-087-9 Add supplemental heat to offices as described by Project $4,734.68 $5,909.55
Manual Section 01010.
07-087-10 Relocate return and outside air duct to allow access to AHU-
5 for filter replacement and coil cleaning as described by $21,749.79 $27,187.24
Project Manual Section 01010.
07-087- Install fire sprinklers in Museum's Annex Building as $118,355.71 $147,944.64
11 described by Project Manual Section 01010.
Total Cost of Work Including Contingency: $639,750.63 nJa
Fixed Fee and General Conditions Cost $160,000.00 nJa
Total Guaranteed Maximum Price: $799,750.63 $799,750.63
Exhibit A
1
. f
.
EXHIBIT B
SCHEDULE
~ Design-Build NTP: September 12, 2007
~ Submit 50% Design Documents October 8, 2007
~ Complete 50% Design Document Review October 22, 2007
~ Submit 100% Design Documents November 21, 2007
~ Complete 100% Design Review December 5, 2007
~ Substantial Completion: March 26, 2008
~ Complete Commissioning and Closeout: April 18, 2008
Note: Actual Notice to Proceed date may vary. All subsequent dates will adjust accordingly,
relative to the actual Notice To Proceed date.
Page H-l of 1
, .
..
EXHIBIT C
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PROJECT MANUAL
The Contract Documents Project Manual associated with RFP #07-087, entitled "HV AC
Renovations and New Fire Protection Service for the Augusta Museum of History,"
prepared by Heery I nternational and last dated August 1, 2007, is attached by
reference.
3
INDEX OF CONTENTS
Bidding & Contract Requirements:
Index of Contents
Project Directory
Bid Bond
Subcontractor Listing
Substitution Listing
Corporate Certificate
Partnership Certificate
Non-collusion Affidavit of Contractor
Insurance and Bonding
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Non-Influence Affidavit
Statutory Affidavit
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
Special Conditions
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
01010
01027
01030
01035
01045
01200
01300
01315
01400
01500
01600
01631
01700
01740
Summary of Work
Application for Payment
Alternates
Modification Procedures
Cutting and Patching
Project Meetings
Submittals
CPM Schedules and Reports
Quality Control Services
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Materials and Equipment
Product Substitutions
Project Close-out
Warranties and Bonds
INDEX OF CONTENTS
i
INDEX OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
13930
15000
Automatic Sprinklers (Alternate #1)
General Mechanical Requirements (includes the following):
. Plumbing
. HVAC Piping & Valves
. Ductwork
. Test and Balance
. Commissioning
Electrical Design Narrative
Building Automation Systems
16000
17000
DRAWINGS
RFP 07-988 DRAWINGS
The following paper format drawings, dated March 9, 2007, are attached by reference:
General Project Overview and location Drawings:
MH-101: Ground Floor Site Plan and Project Scope locations
MH-102: Second Floor Site Plan and Project locations
Alternate Number 1 Sprinkler Fire Protection of Annex Building
FA-001: Fire Protection Details and Schedules, Alternate #1
FA-101: Annex Building First Floor Fire Protection, Alternate #1
FA-102: Annex Building Second Floor Fire Protection, Alternate #1
ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
The following drawings are attached by reference (provided in electronic format on CD):
Digital copies of the original Augusta Museum of History Construction Drawings, dated
1992 and prepared by Cheatham, Fletcher, Sears Architects.
Digital copies of the original Augusta Museum of History Annex Construction Drawings,
dated 2002 and prepared by Cheatham, Fletcher, Sears Architects.
DESIGN-BUilDER'S DRAWINGS
Additional Construction Documents will be prepared by the Design-Builder and
approved by the Owner in accordance with Section 2.4 of the General Conditions of
Contract; and are attached by reference as they are approved.
END OF INDEX OF CONTENTS
ii
PROJECT DIRECTORY
PROJECT DIRECTORY
HVAC RENOVATIONS and NEW FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE for the
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
OWNER:
The Augusta Richmond County Commission
Office of the Mayor
Mayor:
Oeke Copenhaver
Administrator:
Fred Russell
Associated
Organization:
Augusta Museum of History
Owner's Representative (Project Manager):
Heery International, Inc.
501 Greene Street
Suite 313
Augusta, GA 30901
706-842.5543
706-821-2484 - Fax
Bob Munger, AlA, CCM, LEEO@
Capital Improvements Program Manager
Engineering Consultant:
Heery International, Inc.
999 Peachtree Street, NE
Atlanta, GA 30309
404.881.9880
Oavid Pope, P.E. CEM, LEEO@
1
BID BOND
BID BOND
Note to Contractor: Use of Surety's standard Bid Bond or AlA Document A310 is acceptable if it substantially
com lies with the followin :
Know all by these presents, That we {insert Contractor's Legal Name and Address} as Principal,
hereinafter called the Principal, and {insert Legal Name and Address of Surety}, a corporation duly
organized under the laws of the State of {insert State of Corporate Organization}, as Surety,
hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto:
OWNER:
Attention:
Phone Number
Facsimile Number
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee in the sum of (not
less than ten percent of the Bid) Dollars ($ ), for payment of which sum well
and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a Bid for
{insert Owner's Project Number and Description}
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the Bid of the Principal and (1) the Principal shall
enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and the Principal
shall execute the Contract and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or
Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract
and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) in the
event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, and the
Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the difference hereof between the
amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith
contract with another party to perform the work covered by said Bid; then this obligation shall be null
and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this
Day of
,20_
Name of Contractor:
Principal
Witness
By:
(Seal)
Title
Name of Surety:
Witness
(*) Attach Power of Attorney
By:
(Seal) (*)
- 1 -
Addendum No, 2
The full names and addresses of principals of the firm are as follows:
,TTMMY T,ONCi
Dated this 15TH
Respectfully Submitted:
Name of Company: GOLD MECH, INC.
Address: .1559 BROAD STREET
City, State, Zip: AUGU STA, GA. 30904
Phone:
706-722-1559
Fax: 706 - 7 24- 0341
TITLE
CEO
PRESIDENT
VICE PRESIDENT
ADDRESS .
1559 BROAD ST. 30904
1559 BROAD ST. 30904
1559 BROAD ST. 3094
NAME
TOM DOZIER
BOB SHAW
day of MAY
, 20.Q.L.
B~~#;I~
V CE PRESIDENT '.
(Title)
Stateof CiF.mnCiA
Countyof RTCHMOND
,TAMRS H. T,ONCi
VICE PRESIDENT
being duly sworn exposes and says that he or she is
(Title) of
GOLDMECH, INC.
(Company) and
that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and
correct.
Subscribed and sworn to
before me this 1 5 day of MAY
, 20..D1.,) (
,.."Ii.~"ll~~~':11\'n
;:>-.0' ",II R. It '1t~;,
'~..~ \......., 'O",,~:>t.
'I/fJI' ....~. .... ~ 'fl.
Jd<l;:> ... -"(I '1- \'.
.:f(f~~ 0.' . "",\f~
)4'..". 07 !11 ~q, '.:t:. .~
(QlJ:;of~) ~)!\ " I J'''!~ ~ of. (''J '~
~~'Ctt1.4 ~ U -' ,t. f) 11 r;
~ ~ It>~... ~~~:1 ~~. ~ t~'
~ . I,'>,. ,I: i ~ %<!
.~ c 1........'1,1 ;~I r-':'I, "(,';..1 IT ~J
"A (1 \ ..f~ W L.p -'{I'I' ' I:?:! ~~> Ii'!
t'~ 0 ~~ \p.('} ('.r:)~~?- f,) if
t ~ -,'- " . "" ....
~. '\.t..o:;..J)~ ,,~:?,t (}\\_,)fJ 1. ...;fl1
~'~~~~~S;'4~'~6b~~.~fV
),~~",",~~....>
~4~i~~~ I~
,2021.
Notary Public. Columbra County, Georgia
My Commis~jon Expires Sept. 1, 2009
END OF COST PROPOSAL FORM
Please enclose Cost Proposal form in a separate sealed envelope
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
TO:
Augusta Richmond County Procurement Department
530 Greene Street - Room 605
Augusta, GA 30911
Attention: Geri A. Sams
1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the work entitled:
HV AC RENOVATIONS and NEW FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE for the
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
The undersigned proposes to use the following subcontractors. Except as otherwise
approved by the Owner, the undersigned purposes to perform all other portions of the
Work with their own forces.
Portion of the Work
Name of Subcontractor
Co
.. 0-
~5
~l;t1IlltAL
~BALA~ct~&
~H 12811A-E-T A L
U
M~-.-
5IEME.hJS
i\b1S LEY ELEC-tK-\C
~y
5IlV~R SHEET ~AL
USE ADDITIONAL SHEETS BIDDER:
IF REQUIRED
GbLD MEttlllit.
BY:~
TITLE:u . . 5 or
PROVIDE SIGNATURE IDENTICAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE BID FORM
END OF SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
- 1 -
SUBSTITUTION LISTING
SUBSTITUTION LISTING
TO:
Augusta Richmond Procurement Department
530 Greene Street - Room 605
Augusta, GA 30911
Attention: Geri A Sams
1. Pursuant to bidding requirements for the work entitled:
HV AC RENOV ATIONS and NEW FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE for the
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
The Contract Sum proposed by the undersigned on the bid form is for the work as shown on the
drawings, described in the Specifications, and otherwise defined in the Contract Documents.
However, the undersigned proposes the following substitutions for the Owner's consideration.
Should the Owner accept any or all of the proposed substitutions, the bidder's proposed
Contract Sum will be reduced by the amount shown:
Specified Product or Drawings No. or Proposed Proposed Change in
Material: Spec. Section: Substitution: the Contract
Amount: .
N/A N/A N/A $ N/A
N/A N/A N/A $ N/A
N/A N/A N/A $ N/A
N/A N/A N/A $ N/A
N/A N/A N/A $ N/A
BY:
GOLD MECH,INC
JIMMY LONGQ~JI, rJ~
VICE PRES I~T
PROVIDE SIGNATURE
IDENTICAL TO THAT
SHOWN ON THE BID
FORM
BIDDER:
TITLE:
NOTE: See Specification Section 01631 for Instructions regarding this sheet.
- 1 -
CORPORATE CERTIFICATE
CORPORATE CERTIFICATE
I, M~R~ARIE" PA'CME , certify that I am the Secretary ot the corporatIon
named as Contractor in the foregoing proposal; that JJ\ARGi1\RE.T pAYN.~
who signed said proposal on behalf of the Contractor was then SECReTARY of
said corporation; that said proposal was duly signed for and on behalf of said corporation by
authority of its Board of Directors, and is within the .scope of it corporate powers; that said
corporation is organized under the laws of the state.of GE:ORG,lJ\.
ThiS~daYOfl!l~'f .
\ l..\~ tt\ t\"'j
.,2061 .~
~()~.,
.~~~i4M.
nature .
(Seal)
- 1 -
PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE
PARTNERSHIP CERTIFICATE
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
On this day of ,20_, before me personally who executed the
above instrument, who, being by me first duly sworn, did depose and say that he or she is a
general partner in the firm of and that said firm consists of
himself or herself and
and that he or she executed the forgoing instrument on behalf of said firm for the uses and
purposes stated therein, and that no one except the above named members of the firm have
any financial interest whatsoever in said proposed contract.
Partner
Partner
Partner
Partner
(Seal)
Notary Public
My Commission Expires
,20_
Note: If only one partner signs, a Power 0
Attorney executed by all other partners authorizing him or her to act in the name of the company
must be attached; otherwise, all partners must sign.
- 1 -
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR
STATE OF GEbRG.tjA
COUNTY OF
, being first duly sworn, deposes and says that:
(1). Heorsheis ~~(i ~11111t~fil ;;I~
of G.t CLIllAECH-JjJC., , the idder that has su mitted the attached Bid;
(2). He or she is full informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid
and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid;
(3). Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;
(4}. Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives,
employees or parties in interest, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed,
directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in
connection with such Contract or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement
or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder, or to secure through any
collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against Augusta-
Richmond County, Georgia or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and
(5), The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by
any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of
its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or pa.rties in the interest.
~~
"'~ S3bllPlibed and ~n before m~ ))lis
'?' "i day of , 20JrJ--
~~~ R ~~p
(Seal)
My Commission Expires
~~~( 1~,20~
.......~'~~~"
..j, ~\ Fl. l"'O\\l~
;- ~O ........ ~~.
4l' ,~ ... ".:t. VA
'" .;;:; ." o. 'I;' '~
: '5l' l 0"<1" I"l 00. '1~ ~
if:r:.. .... ~ i''l.I0J . 00 tl; ~
~ en: ~ _'_ if"': ~
'ot : ^ .<f'.. J
~ \. ""'11?~'~>V>'l>g r,;dl
f. 00. ~. IW (j'v (i): Cli'
~~ 0 t. -I;., 'l,.0:>." ,iz/
f. '(0:;'~.~~().~~~~>O(::';!
-~\\/~IA CO\.~---
\\"~~'l!.:'a.....-
Notary Public, Columbia County, Georgia
My Commis~ion Expires Sept. 1, 2009
- 1 -
INSURANCE AND BONDING
INSURANCE AND BONDING
The Contractor shall procure at his own expense the insurance coverage listed below, and shall
furnish the Owner an insurance certificate listing the Owner as the certificate holder, and, along
with the Owner's Representative, an additional insured. Current certificates documenting
required coverage shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative, within four calendar days
of Notice to Proceed. All required insurance certificates must provide the following:
a. Name, address and telephone number of authorized agent
b. Name and address of insured.
c. Name of insurance company(ies)
d. Description of policies
e. Policy number(s)
f. Policy period(s)
g. Limits of liability
h. Name and address of Owner as certificate holder
i. Project name and number
j. Signature of authorized agent
k. Mandatory thirty day notice of cancellation or non-renewal (except ten days for non
payment)
Each of the insurance coverages required below (i.) shall be issued by a company licensed by
the Georgia Insurance Commissioner to transact the business of insurance in the State of
Georgia for the applicable line of insurance, and (ii) shall be an insurer for, for qualified self-
insureds or group self insureds, a specific excess insurer providing statutory limits with a Best
Policyholder's Rating of uA_u or better.
The insurance company(ies) agree that the policy shall not be cancelled, changed, allowed to
lapse or allowed to expire until thirty days after the Owner has received written notice thereof.
The policy shall not be subject to invalidation as to any insured by reason of any act or omission
of another insured or any of its officers, agents or representatives.
All deductibles shall be paid for by the Contractor.
The minimum required coverages and liability limits are as follows:
Commecial General Liabilitv Insurance:
The Contractor shall provide Commercial General Liability Insurance (2001 ISO Occurrence
Form or equivalent) that shall include, but not be limited to, coverage for bodily injury and
property damage arising from premises and operations liability, products and completed
operations liability, blasting and explosives, collapse of structures, underground damage,
personal injury liability and contractual liability. The CGL policy must include separate aggregate
limits per Project and shall provide at a minimum the following limits:
Coveraqe
1. Premises and Operations
2. Products and completed operations
3. Personal Injury
4. Contractual
Limit
$1,000,000 per occurrence
$1,000,000 per Occurrence
$1,000,000 per Occurrence
$1,000,000 per Occurrence
- 1 -
INSURANCE AND BONDING
5. General Aggregate
$2,000,000 per Project
Employer's Liability Insurance:
The Contractor shall maintain Employer's Liability Insurance Coverage with limits of at least:
(i.) Bodily injury by accident
(ii.) Personal injury by disease
-$1,000,000 each accident, and
-$1,000,000.00 each employee
The Contractor shall require that all Subcontractors performing Work under this Contract
maintain equivalent Employer's Liability Insurance Coverage, or the Contractor shall provide
coverage to said Subcontractors under his own policy.
Professional Liabilitv Insurance:
Professional Liability
-$1,000,000 per loss/claim
Commercial Business Automobile Liabilitv Insurance:
The Contractor shall provide Commercial Business Automobile Liability Insurance that shall
include coverage for bodily injury and property damage arising from the operation of any owned,
non-owned, or hired automobile. The Commercial Business Automobile Insurance Policy shall
provide not less than $1,000,000 Combined Single Limits for each occurrence.
Commercial Umbrella Liability Insurance:
The Contractor shall provide Commercial Umbrella Liability Insurance to provide excess
coverage above the Commercial General Liability, Commercial Business Automobile Liability
and the Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability to satisfy the minimum limits set forth
herein. The umbrella coverage shall follow from with the Umbrella limits required as follows:
For Contract Amounts Less
Than $5,000,000:
$2,000,000 per Occurrence
$4,000,000 Aggregate
For Contract Amounts Equal to or
Greater than $5,000,000:
$2,000,000 per Occurrence
$10,000,000 Aggregate
. Worker's Compensation Insurance:
The Contractor shall provide Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees of the
Contractor and any uninsured sub-contractor, in accordance with Georgia statutory limits.
A group insurer must submit a certificate of authority from the Insurance Commissioner
approving the group insurance plan. A self-insurer must submit a certificate from the Georgia
Board of Worker's Compensation stating that the Contractor qualifies to pay its own workers'
compensation claims. The Contractor is responsible for verifying that Subcontractors performing
work on the Project are covered by their own Worker's Compensation Insurance, or they must
be covered under the Contractor's policy.
- 2 -
INSURANCE AND BONDING
Bonds:
Within 4 calendar days of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit Certificates of
Insurance as described herein, and a 100% Performance Bond and Labor and Materials
Payment Bond in accordance with the following. No material deviation from this language will
be accepted. These documents must be filled out completely and notarized with appropriate
power of attorney form attached. The bonding company must appear on the Federal Register of
approved companies, and the company must be licensed to do business in Georgia as
approved by the State Insurance Commissioner's Office.
- 3 -
5 E P - 13- 2 0 0 7 (T H U) 1 0: 2 7
P.00/1/007
A CORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMIDDfY'YYY1
. - -. -. ~ -. '" f'Illl 9/13/2007
PRODUCER (803)799-5533 FAX: (603) 771-0166 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MAllER OF INFORMATION
Keenan Suggs ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
700 Huger St. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Su;i.te 100
Columbia SC 29201 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC tI
INSURED INSURER A: Zurich NOJ:'th American
Go~d Mech, Inc. INSURER El: AmQJ:'i.can :Int'l South Ins.
P.O.Eo~ 3927 INSURER c: Fireman's Fund Insurance 21873
INSURER 0;
Augusta GA 30914 INSURER E:
Tlir= POliCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMEO A80VE FOR THE POLICY PEf<IOO INDIC>l.TED, NOTWITI-ISTANDING ANY
REQUIREMENT, TI;R.M OR CONOITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED Ol~ MAY pef<TAIN,
THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HERr::IN IS SUBJECT TO ALl. THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.
- . , IMITe:: <:i..lnwN MAY I-lAVi= I'\i=i= I BY I;;)tdn 1"1 AIM<:
'~i~ I~~?;~ TY"~ OF INSURANCE; POliCY EFFEc:TIVI; POLICY EXPIR.ATION ~IMITS
POLICY NUMBER OATEll'oIMfPOlYY1 DATE IMMfOOlYY1
~EAAL LIAllll.rN r:A~I,1 $ 1,000,000
X COMMERCIAL GENCRAl lIAIlIllTY DAMAGE TO RENTED $ 100,000
..fB!;W ,~
- ::J ClAIMS MAO" I2SJ OCCUR
A GL03757276-00 3/1/2007 3/1/2008 MED CXP IAn. Olle o~'''Qn\ $ 10,000
~ Contractu:ra~ Pl=R~DNAI ~ AI'lV IN.!I /QY $ 1,000,000
_ Liab included GENERAL /I,(;GRF;GATF S 2,000,000
~'l. AGG~EfilE ;'MI~ A~ir peR: PRODIICTS . COMPIt'JP A!":!": S 2.,000,000
POLICY X r.fR-r: x I DC
~TOMOBIL.E LIAalL1TY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000
2S. ANY AUTO (E~ ..ccidenl)
A - All OWNCO AUTOS BAP37S7277-00 3/1/2007 3/1/.2008 BODILY INJURY
$
SCHEOULED AUTOS War person)
-
~ 1.IIRfO AUTOS BOOlL Y INJURY $
2S. NON.OWNED AUTQS (l'ar acclClanl)
- f>ROPERTY DAMAGC $
.(Per gc;cldonll
,~AAGE UAElIL.rT'Y AUTO ONL Y . Ef< ACCIOENT $
ANY AUTO OTHER THAN Ff<A('(' $
AUTO ON~Y; AGe; $
0ESSlUMBREL.lA L.IABILITY S 6.000,000
X OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREG^Tl; $ 6,000,000
s
E :;:j DEOUCTIBlE BE8286260 3/1/2007 3/1/2008 $
X RETCNTION S 10,000 $
A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ~W:~X8~ I OJ~-
EMPLOYI;RS' UAElILIT'(
ANY PROPRIETORlPARTNeRlEXECUTrVE F..I,. F.AC'"' ACCII)F.N'I' $ 1,000,000
OFF1CERJMEMBER EXCLUDED? \<<:3757275-00 3/1/2007 3/1./2008 E I.. DISEASE - EA €MPLOYEE $ 1.,000,000
~,;~;.:,~~s~~~~~~~~" "","-' F 1'l1'll"A'll' - POLICY LIMIT $ 1.,000,000
C OTH~R LQAsQd/Rclntad Equip. MZl:97S52467 3/1/2007 3/1./200/3 ~so,ooo Par Item $1.,000 Dod.
5100,000 O~currQncQ
C Insta11atiQn F~oat~r WZISl7552467 3/1/2007 3/1/200e $1,000 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSlLOCATIONSNEHICLESIl!XCLUSIONS ADDEO BY ENDOASEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS
Project; Oesign-Bui~d Contrac::t ~or .AU~IS1:a H\1S0Ulll o~ Hj.story HVAC . Augusta-Richmon.d-County /; Augus.ea M1.l:loum of
History are named as Additional l:na~od ao por attAchQQ Qndorsemant.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
(706) 821-2484
Augusta-Richmond County
501 Greene Street/Suite 313
Atlanta, GA 3090~
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE AIlOV&: DESCRIBED POLICIES 6E CANCELLED BEFORl1 THE
EXPIRATION DATE THERI!OF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
2.2..- DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDI;R NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT
fAILURE TO DO 30 SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLlGATIDN OR L1ADlL.ITY 01' ANY KINIJ UPON THE
INSURER ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATlVIIS.
;:~::lZ~::~:~S:~~:lve "r:.:.:.~.~..':;~:~~7'---.' .. '''-;;;'"''<:'c~?;:.,:.,.,-,-
. .....
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
IN$025 (OIOO),Ot}g
~ ACORD CORPORATION 1988
P90e 1 of 2
5EP- n-2007 (THU) 10: 27
P.005/007
IMPORTANT
If tho cortificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pollcy(les) must bo ondorsed. A statement on this
certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such ondorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an
endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rIghts to the 'cortificate holder 11'1 lieu or such
endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the revorse side of this form does not constitute a contract betlNeen tho issuing
insurcr(s). authorized representative or producer, and the certificato holder, nor does It affirmativoly or negatively
amend. extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies Iistod thereon.
ACORD 2S (2001/08)
INSOZ5 (010e),08a
Pace 2 or 2
5EP-13-2007 (THU) 10: 27
P.005/007
Additional Insured - Automatic - Owners, Lessees Or
Contractors - Broad Form
PelIcy Nil.
Err. Dille nr 1'01. H%p. Dille DC I'IIL mr. Dnl~ IIr Enll.
Pruducc~
AJ.J'L Pl"In
HClurn l'nOl.
$
s
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
This endorsement modifies insurancc provided under lhe:
COlUn:u:rcinl General Liability COVl:rogc I'art
A. WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) i" amended Lo include U~ an insured :my person or organization wlwlJI you are re.
quircd Lll add as an additional insured on this policy under a wrilLen r;ontrutt or writtCII ,lgrccmenl.
B. The insurance provilkd [0 additional insured..; applies only Lo "bodily injury", "properlY damage" or 'personal and advcr-
tisi.Ig injury" covcred under Section I, Covcrug~ A, BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LlA.BILITY Jnd
Cllveru~e B. PERSONAL AND ADVERTJSING INJURY LlABILl1Y, but only if:
1. The "bodily injury" or "pcoperty llamage" rC~\lll.<; from your negligence; am]
2. The "bodily injury", .property damage" or 'personal and adverLising injury" results directly from:
:.l. Your ongoing operalions; or
b. 'Your work- cQmpleted as included in the .products-comllleLcd operations ha7.ard-,
performed foc the additional insured, which L~ Lhe subjecl uflhe MiLLen contract or wrillen ll&,"ccrnc:nl.
C. However, rcgardle.c;.<; of the provisions of paragraphs A. ::mtlll. above:
1. We will nolextcnd any insurance coverage lo any addilillnal insured person or organizaLion:
3. ThaL is not provided to you in this policy; or
b. That is any broader covc:rilge than you ure required to proville to Lhe auditiou,,1 insured person or organi7.aLion
in the wriLtl:n contract or wriLlen tlbl1'cemcnt; und
2. We will not provide Limits of Insurunce LO any luJuitional insured per.;on or organiz;J.Lion Lhat exceed Lhe lower of:
a. The LimlL<; of In.'\ura.ncc provhh:d to YOIl ill this policy; or
b. The Limil' of Insurance you are requireu to provide: in the written c\)nlract or wriLlcn :lgrecrn\;nl.
D. The in:;uranec provided lo the uddiLional in.'iured person or organil'.ation docs nllt upply (0:
1. "Bodily injury'", .propeny daOlugc" or 'personal and advertising injury" Lhat results soldy from nc!:ligcnc~ of the llU'
Jilinn"l insureu; or .
Includoa copyrlghlod malarial ollMuranco Sorvlcos Olllce, Inc. wllh lis porml~slon,
AQ[NT COP'(
U.GI,II75.A CW (Y/03)
~el"r2
5 IT P - ]}- 2 0 0 7 (T H U) 1 0: 2 7
P.007/007
2. -8u~ily injury", "property damagc' or .pcr~onal ant! advertising injury" arisin(;: out of the rcndering or failun: [0
render any professional architectural, e~gincerjng or :;urvcying services including:
:l. The preparing. approving, or failing t~) IJrcpar~ or approve maps, shop umwing:;. orinian.~. reports, sur-.c)"s.
fidel onlers, chunge orucr~ or drawings and spccilicalions; und
b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities,
E. The ~dJitional in,<;urcd must see to iL that:
1. We are naliIied us soon tIS practicable of an 'occurrencc. or Off~IL<;C IIlat may result in a claim:
2. We receive writLen notice: of Ll claim ~)r ':;uil. a.~ ~aon as [Irad.iClbll:; ~lntl
3. A rcquest for dc:fensc amI inuemnity of the claim or 'suil' will promplly be brought againsl any policy i;,succ.l bl
anot1\cr iusurcr under which the: ...ddilionlll insured also ha.c;; rights as an insure\! or .adllitional il\Surcd.
F. The in.'iur~ncc: providl:d by this cndorsement is primary in$ur:mc:c and we will not seck contribution from any other
insur:.lnce available to llny additional insurcc.l pcn;oll or organiza.lion unless [he other insurance is provided by a con-
LIad.or other than you for the same operations and job locaLion. Then We will share: wilh that otllr;r insurance hy lhe
method described in paragr.1ph 4.c:. of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS.
Any provisions ill this Covc:rllge Part nol changed by the terms and cont!itiomi of this cndcm;emeul conlinLle Lo apply as
written.
U.Gt.-ll15..A CW (9/03)
l'lI~c Z of 2
AG!;HT COP"(
AlA Document A312
Performance Bond
Bond #104954414
Conforms with the American Institute of Architects, AlA Document A312.
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Gold Mech, Inc.
P.O. Box 3927
Augusta, GA 30914-3927
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
One Tower Square
Hartford, CT 06183-6014
OWNER (Name and Address):
Richmond County Commission
530 Green Street
Augusta, GA 30911
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: September 4 2007
Amount: Seven Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 63/100 Dollars ($799,750.63)
Description (Name and Location): HV AC and Fire Protection Renovations to the Augusta Museum of History
BOND
Date (Not earlier than Constmction Contract Date): September 17 2007
Amount: Seven Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 63/100 Dollars ($799,750.63)
Modifications to this Bond:
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company: Gold Mech, Inc.
(Corporate Seal)
Signatm'fit tl/rrltA- If, ;j Ift><j
Name and T' .: Vice PRES.
(Anyaddit:i nal sIgnatures appear on page 2.)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY - Name, Address and
Telephone) AGENT or BROKER:
First Horizon Insurance Agency, 200 Galleria Pkwy.,S.E., #600
Atlanta, GA 30339 404-266-7160
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves,
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for
the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein
by reference.
2 Ifthe Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the
Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in
conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1.
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond
shall arise after:
3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address
described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering
declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to
arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not
later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of
performing the Construction Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and
the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to
SURETY 5026 (6-92)
S-1852/GEEF10/99
Page 1 of 2
~None
SURETY
Company: Travelers Casualty and Suret
Company of Ameri
D See Page 2
Signature:
Name and Titl
(Corporate Seal)
away, Attorney-in-Fact
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other
party):
N/A
perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall
not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a
Contractor Default; and
3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally
terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such
Contractor Default shall not be declared earlier than twenty days
after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as
provided in Subparagraph 3.]; and
3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract
Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the
Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the
Construction Contract in accordance with the terms of the
contract with the Owner.
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the
Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the
following actions:
4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform
and complete the Construction Contract; or
4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract
itself, through its agents or through independent contractors; or
4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors
acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion
of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for
execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's
concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds
executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages
as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract
Price incurred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or
4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion,
or obtam a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the
circumstances:
.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may
be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the
amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the
Owner; or
.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner
citing reasons therefor.
5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with
reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this
Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the
Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations
under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy
avaIlable to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph
4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied
liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be
entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.
6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the
Construction Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph
4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner
shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction
Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be
greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the
limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commifment by the Owner
of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on
the ConstructlOn Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for:
6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective
work and completion of the Construction Contract;
6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting
from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure
to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and
6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in
the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed
performance or non-performance of the Contractor.
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of
the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the
Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of
any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond
to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors,
administrators or successors.
8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of
time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase
orders and other obligations.
9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted
in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or
part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after
Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working
or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its
obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this
Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation
available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be
applicable.
10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor sllall be mailed or
delivered to the address shown on the signature page.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other
legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be
performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or
legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions
confonning to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed
incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a
statutory bond and not as a common law bond.
12 DEFINITIONS
12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the
Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all
proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the
Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in
settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the
Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made
to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract.
12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and
the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract
Documents and changes thereto.
12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has neither
been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with
the terms ofthe Construction Contract.
12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been
remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the
Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the
other terms thereof.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
Company: (Corporate Seal) Company:
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
S-1852/GEEF 10/99
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
Page 2 of 2
AlA Document A3l2
Bond #: 104954414
Payment Bond
COnfOlTIlS with the American Institute of Architects, AlA Document A3l2.
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Gold Mech, Inc.
P.O. Box 3927
Augusta, GA 30914-3927
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
One Tower Square
Hartford, CT06183-6014
OWNER (Name and Address):
Richmond County Commission
530 Green Street
Augusta, GA 30911
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date: September 4 2007
Amount: Seven Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 63/100 Dollars ($799,750.63)
Description (Name and Location): HVAC and Fire Protection Renovations to the Augusta Museum of History
BOND
Date( Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): September 17 2007
Amount: Seven Hundred Ninety-Nine Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 63/100 Dollars ($799,750.63)
Modifications to this Bond:
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company: Gold Mech, Inc.
(Corporate Seal)
Signa,",ec;jJ~If, <I~
Name and T' : V1CE PREl),
(Any additional signatures appear on page 2.)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY - Name, Address and
Telephone) AGENT or BROKER:
First Horizon Insurance Agency, 200 Galleria Pkwy., S.E.,#600
Atlanta, GA 30339 404-266-7160
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves,
their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to
pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance
of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference.
2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the
Contractor:
2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due
Claimants, and
2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims,
demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim, demand,
lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment
furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract,
provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the
Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims,
demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands,
liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no
Owner Default.
SURETY 5026 (6-92)
S-1853/GEEF 3/00
Page 1 of 2
~ None
SURETY
Company: Travelers Casualty and Sur
Company of Ameri
D See Page 2
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Tit!
zaway, Attorney-in-Fact
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other
party):
N/A
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if
the Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all
sums due.
4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond
until:
4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with
the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address
described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to
the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and,
with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim.
4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the
Contractor:
.1 Have furnished written notice to the Contractor and sent a
copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after
having last performed labor or last furnished materials or
equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial
accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party
to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for
whom the labor was done or performed; and
.2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the
Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the
above notice any communication from the Contractor by which
the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or
indirectly; and
.3 Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a
written notice to the Surety (at the address described in
Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner
stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and
enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the
Contractor.
5 If a notice required by paragraph 4 is given by Owner to the Contractor
or to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance.
6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the
Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following
actions:
6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner,
within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts
that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts
that are disputed.
6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts.
7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond,
and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in
good faith by the Surety.
8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction
Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and
to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the
Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that
all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction
Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the
Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for
the completion of the work.
9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for
obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction
Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or
expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this bond
no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise
have obligations to Claimants under this Bond.
10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of
time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase
orders and other obligations.
11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond
other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year
from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by
Subparagraph 4. 1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service
was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished
by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first
occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the
minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the
jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or
delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of
notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall
be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the
signature page.
13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other
legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be
performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or
legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions
conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed
incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a
statutory bond and not as a common law bond.
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential
beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of
this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made.
15 DEFINITIONS
15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract
with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to
furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of
the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without
limitation in terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water,
gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental
equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and
engineering services required for performance of the work of the
Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for
which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the
labor, materials or equipment were furnished.
15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner
and the Contractor identified on the signature page, including all
Contract Documents and changes thereto.
15.3 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been
remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the
Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the
other terms thereof.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY
Company: (Corporate Seal) Company:
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
S-1853/GEEF 3/00
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
Page 2 of 2
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
~ TRAVELERS
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Farmington Casualty Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
Seaboard Surety Company
S1. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
S1. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
Attorney-In Fact No.
218488
Certificate No. 0 0 15 5 2 6 0 5
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws
of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and. Surety Company of America are
corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the
laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and
Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that
the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint
Douglas R. Johnson, John P. Langsfeld, Richard A. Gazaway, Sharon G. Dixon, and Lawrence B. Peppers
of the City of Atlanta , State of Georgia , their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact,
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and
other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in ?:{:guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of
contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or aqy"~ct1ons allowed by law.
Farmington Casualty C9
Fidelity and Guaranty:;Il1
Fidelity and Guaranty 'Ins
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
2nd
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this in
d f April 2007
ay 0
seals to be hereto affixed, this
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
c
~
k~~
~v., '.'9
.....to"PO~4;..~
\gr - ,..\~
-'\SEALJ"J
:::3...... ....~;
.'" i......-:..i~ /
",8.).:,,;';-
\..........-~
....,..~..7NS~~.......
/v~~.... .-.........;1-~\
f :/eO~~DRA,.t'\ ~ '\
i.~i ___ :oi
\ t.SEAL/~!,
0-:.... .....-6:
~&'........,..t(4
.....~
State of Connecticut
City of Hartford ss.
By:
2nd April 2007
On this the day of , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged
himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters,
Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers
Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being
authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011.
'\f\w c. j~
'- Marie C. Tetreault, Not~ry Public
58440-8-06 Printed in U.S.A.
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
NON-INFLUENCE AFFIDAVIT
NON-INFLUENCE AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF GEDRG IA
COUNTY OF -.RleH MOfJ D
I do solemnly swear on my oath that as to the contract dated q - 4- - 01
between GOLD MECH lMe I { AUGUSTA GA, - STP-l'E ()F C1Jl,~ Rlc..KN\DN,D C6,C.OMM.\SlotJ
and Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia, I have no knowledge of exertion of any influence or
the attempted exertion of any influence on the firm on behalf of which this affidavit is made in
any way, manner, or form in the purchase or materials, equipment, or other terms involved in
the construction, manufacture, or employment of labor under the aforesaid contract by any
employee, officer, or agent of Augusta Richmond County, Georgia, in any way whatsoever.
This
! ~ TH day of 5I2PT~
,2001.
q~//'~
Sign re
'tteE PRES,
Tltl.
GDLD MEtH- lM~"
Firm
(Seal)
Personally before me, the undersigned authority
appeared who is known to me to be an official of the
firm stated above and after being duly sworn, stated
on his or her oath Y!at~'(j'tlJtIe,~d read the above
statement and 1Sa~is tW&'!J!1d correct
. a""~"~""<~~"~~~~:~~~
Notary P~p. .~: f ~~~~~,:::..{'~~' Y ii}
My Comml'lon"~X9f.~,.=.., ':,;;".,;. _ :: ~ fJ
1", ;" '; .1 ~~ ~'"':_~sSj!f i(~~
't; '"Ji
~.~ _Iiii'
NUl. -1
FROM
(WED)SEP 18 2007 10:5~/ST.~O:50/No~750000070S p ~
r
~
EMPLOP"..,.E CONJ'LlCT OF INTEREST:
It shan be unethical for any City of Aupsb business or participanl dUdy or indim;tly in a procurement
contnK:t when the employee or official knoY.'& that:
(a) the employee or official or L'l)' member of the employee's or official's immediate family has a
6\lbstantia! interest or financial inta'eSt pmaining to the ~ oomract, except that the
purebase of goods and services from businesses which a member of the Commission or other City of
Augusta employee has a financial mtrmlt is aUlbolized .. pa O.C.G.A. 36-1-14, OJ'the procumnent
contract is awardrld punuant to O.C.GA 45-10-22 and 4S-1()"'24, or the tnmsactioD is excepted
from laid muictions by O.CG.A. 4S-10-2S;
(b) Any other pusoo. business, or organization widt whom the ~ or official of 8I1Y member of
an employee's or officials immediate family is negotiating 01 bas an ammgemenl concemiDg
prospective employment is involved in the procuremt:llt contract
Any employee or official or any member of an employcc's or cfficial ilIUDllCliate family who holds a
subslanIial interait or fiDatcjal illfefelit in a. discloec:d bIiDd U1ISt shall DOt be deemed to have a
conflict of in~ with rcprd to maItcu pct18ining to that substaDtial interest or finaDcial interest.
L (Veodor)~ Mec h ) \ "G ha"ualChlld undcrstaJld the informatiOlt
con-.aincd in the bid specificalioal.
VeDlDNIJ1IC: Got.'\) M eLH , IJ.c.-.
1553 ~ ~A..l> S\.
City.l: Stale: A. ~ b LlSTA G A. 3 0 -' () 4-
I
PboIle t: (~\-) 11. l. - IS5"~ Fax I (1..,) 72.4 - 034'
"'- 9~!I, ;/'my """ 9. /q. ~7
RPPltimNumbeuDllN81e: f pit 01- 0&1 'lAC I I/f.t:"
~ A"'411l..sTA M itS ell'" ~F u-r#A'I
THIS ROM MUST BESUBMITl1ID WITH KFP PACKAOB. NO EXCIlP'TlON(S) WILL BE ~tmID
Adc&ess:
.,. 'ReJ,,,~-rt~
Appendix Gt4
~
A
Certification Statement
Local Vendor Preference
I certify that my company meets all of the following qualifications to be eligible for the local vendor preference:
(1) That my company has a fixed office or distribution point located in and having a street address within
Augusta for at least six (6) months immediately prior to the issuance of the request for competitive bids or request
for proposals by Augusta; and
(2) That my company holds any business license required by the Augusta Richmond County Code for at least 6
months
(3) That my company employs at least one (1) full time employee, or two (2) pmi time employees whose primary
residence is in Augusta, or if the business has nO employees, the business shall be at least fifty percent (50%)
owned by one or more persons whose primary residence is in Augusta.
(4) Attached is a copy of my Augusta Business License.
Company Name: GOLD MECH. INC.
Address: 1559 BROAD ST. AUGUSTA, GA. 30904
. Business License Number:
2007-013089
Phone Number:
Fax Number: 706-724-0341
Owner's Name:
Notary Public for the State of
I , loo c:r
.
Printed Name:
II
II
To be completed by Authorized City Representative from Business License & Inspection Department:
Vendor Certified:
Date:
Authorized Signature
Thisform MUST be submitted with RFP package, NO Exception(s) will be granted
AppendiX G~6
v (""') ...... Cd a (""') ..... ;J>
M Ul d 0 M U'J (""')
0 Ul U'J
N ~ \0 U'J b ~ ~ (""')
>-< to ~ 0
;J>'O>-38 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 9 ~ d (""')
coo ..... U'J ;J> ~
>-3 (""') (; U'J (""') M
8to~b ~ ;J> t"" (""') ~ ...,] ~ Cd ...,]
~ M d e3
ct:lOt:l~ ...,] ct:l 0 Z 00
...,]><0 M ...,] (""') M ~ ~ U'J
;J>wN C':l J'*""'> (""') ~ .... (""')
- \OtTln ~ .~~'f \,~ U'J 0 N (""') M
ai'-J?:I:ti t:::: 0 ~ 00
;J>-.l ~ ~o ~ 0 U'J ~
W Z ~ ...... -..J
~ Z ~ M
~ [4' 'Ii: ::;j
o n N 0
\0 00'\, 2 0 ...... ....
~ U'J 0 w (""')
~' -..J 0
U'J "'t\ Z ~
W ~ ,.~ 00
'\ ~ \0
\0 M
N
-..J 0 ....
00
~ 0 ...,]
>-..j 0
g.;
.....
0 "Q
Z 0
00
;i
~
z
~~ >
~ (""')
Q 0
:= Z
Q. 00
lO "Q
':: ~~ >-<
~ (""')
d
.. 0
,., ~Lj
.. d
S U'J
r:;'
.. >;j,OO "Q
... f;:
UJ
.:-' M~
~ (""')
N M
C> ~> ....
C> Z
-..J
...,]
~
Cd
(""')""]Ol;l:l...,]~...,] if.! d
g~~?E~~~ >-< 00
(""') z
~~Z~?E~C (""') t'J
0 if.!
><>~if.!'"'O...,]n ~ UJ
0 . ...,] if.! tri ~ J?:j M ~
~ tri(""')$z Z N
OM ~Z~ ~
C':l >-..jog>...,]>
Z C':l>-..j>~W8 z
> 1?'i>-3>-3 ~ N = ~
t'"' w
ogJtrJQ H Ul J?:j
......
~ U'J t""Z ...... w
C':ld;J>~~~ (""')
>~~ J?:j = ~
o~t""8~Q M
~ ;J>> H \=i
~~~>;j,~~ ----J
'0 ~>;j,~5~
N oS" ~ Q
...
<:> S ~
...
General Conditions of Agreement Between
Owner and Design-Builder
Table of Contents
Article 1 :
General........................................................................................................................... ........... 2
Article 2:
Design-Builder's Services and Responsibilities ........................................................................3
Article 3:
Owner's Services and Responsibilities .....................................................................................8
Article 4:
Hazardous Conditions and Differing Site Conditions................................................................ 9
Article 5:
Insurance and Bonds .............................................................................................................. 11
Article 6:
Payment........ ........ ............... ........... ...... ............... .......... ................. ... .............. ...... ............ ..... 13
Article 7:
Indemnification. .... ....... .... ..... ........ ... ... ....... ... ..... ....... ... ... ... .......... ... ......... ...... ................ ..... ..... 16
Article 8:
'Time ....... .......... .... ... ........ ... ... ....... ........... .......... ,............ ... ........ ..... ..... .... ............. ...... ... ..... ..... 18
Article 9:
Changes to the Contract Price and Time................................................................................ 18
Article 10: Contract Adjustments and Disputes........................................................................................20
Article 11:
Stop Work and Termination for Cause.................................................................................... 22
Article 12: Miscellaneous .........................................................................................................................26
Article 1
General
1.1 Mutual Obligations
1.1.1 Owner and Design-Builder commit
at all times to cooperate fully with
each other, and proceed on the basis
of trust and good faith, to permit
each party to realize the benefits
afforded under the Contract
Documents.
1.2 Basic Definitions
1.2.1 Agreement refers to the
executed contract between Owner and
Design-Builder under either DBIA
Document No. 525, Standard Form of
Agreement Between Owner and Design-
Builder C Lump Sum (1998 Edition) or
DBIA Document No. 530, Standard Form
of Agreement Between Owner and
Design-Builder C Cost Plus Fee wi th
an Option for a Guaranteed Maximum
Price (1998 Edition) .
1.2.2 Day or Days shall mean calendar
days unless otherwise specifically
noted in the Contract Documents.
1.2.3 Design Consultant is a
qualified, licensed design
professional who is not an employee
of Design-Builder, but is retained by
Design-Builder, or employed or
retained by anyone under contract
with Design-Builder or Subcontractor,
to fu=ish design services required
under the Contract Documents.
1.2.4 Hazardous Conditions are any
materials, wastes, substances and
chemicals deemed to be hazardous
under applicable Legal Requirements,
or the handling, storage,
remediation, or disposal of which are
regulated by applicable Legal
Requirements.
1.2.5 General Condi tions of Contract
refer to this DBIA Document No. 535,
Standard Form of General Condi tions
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
of Contract Between Owner and Design-
Builder (1998 Edition) .
1.2.6 Legal Requirements are all
applicable federal, state and local
laws, codes, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders and decrees of
any government or quasi-government
entity having jurisdiction over the
Project or Site, the practices
involved in the Project or Site, or
any Work.
1.2.7 Owner's Project Criteria are
developed by or for Owner to describe
Owner's program requirements and
objectives for the Project, including
use, space, price, time, site and
expandability requirements, as well
as submittal requirements and other
requirements governing Design-
Builder's performance of the Work.
Owner's Project Criteria may include
conceptual documents, design
criteria, performance requirements
and other Project-specific technical
materials and requirements.
1.2.8 Site is the land or premises on
which the Project is located.
1.2.9 Subcontractor is any person or
entity retained by Design-Builder as
an independent contractor to perform
a portion of the Work and shall
include materialmen and suppliers.
1.2.10 Sub-Subcontractor is any
person or entity retained by a
Subcontractor as an independent
contractor to perform any portion of
a Subcontractor's Work and shall
include materialmen and suppliers.
1.2.11 Substantial Completion is
the date on which the Work, or an
agreed upon portion of the Work, is
sufficiently complete so that Owner
can occupy and use the Project or a
portion thereof for its intended
purposes.
1.2.12 Work is comprised of all
Design-Builder's design, construction
Page GC-2
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
and other services required by the
Contract Documents, including
procuring and furnishing all
materials, equipment, services and
labor reasonably inferable from the
Contract Documents.
1.2.13 Construction Contract
Documents. The Construction Contract
Documents shall consist of the plans
and specifications prepared by the
Design-Build firm and any addenda and
change orders therto, the Owner's
Project Manual documents such as the
Conditions of the Contract, Contract
Forms Bidding Requirements, etc. and
the Owner-Contractor agreement, all
of which shall be compatible and
consistent with this Agreement and
the Owner/Construction Program
Manager Contract.
1.2.14 Master Schedule. The
Master Schedule is a graphic display
of the major activities, phases,
sequences and timing of the major
project activities for design,
construction procurement,
construction and occupancy as
described in "Exhibit Bn.
1. 2 .15
Article 2
Design-Builder's Services and
Responsibilities
2.1 General Services
2.1.1 Design-Builder's Representative
shall be reasonably available to
Owner and shall have the necessary
expertise and experience required to
supervise the Work. Design-Builder's
Representative shall communicate
regularly with Owner and shall be
vested with the authority to act on
behalf of Design-Builder. Design-
Builder's Representative may be
replaced only with the mutual
agreement of Owner and Design-
Builder.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
2.1.2 Design-Builder shall provide
Owner with a monthly status report
detailing the progress of the Work,
including whether (i) the Work is
proceeding according to schedule,
(ii) discrepancies, conflicts, or
ambiguities exist in the Contract
Documents that require resolution,
(iii) health and safety issues exist
in connection with the Work, and (iv)
other items require resolution so as
not to jeopardize Design-Builder's
ability to complete the Work for the
Contract Price and within the
Contract Time(s).
2.1.3 Design-Builder shall prepare
and submit, at least three (3) days
prior to the meeting contemplated by
Section 2.1.4 hereof, a schedule for
the execution of the Work for Owner's
review and response. The schedule
shall indicate the dates for the
start and completion of the various
stages of Work, including the dates
when Owner information and approvals
are required to enable Design-Builder
to achieve the Contract Time(s). The
schedule shall be revised as required
by conditions and progress of the
Work, but such revisions shall not
relieve Design-Builder of its
obligations to complete the Work
within the Contract Time(s), as such
dates may be adjusted in accordance
with the Contract Documents. Owner's
review of and response to the
schedule shall not be construed as
relieving Design-Builder of its
complete and exclusive control over
the means, methods, sequences and
techniques for executing the Work.
2.1.4 The parties will meet within
seven (7) days after execution of the
Agreement to discuss issues affecting
the administration of the Work and to
implement the necessary procedures,
including those relating to
submittals and payment, to facilitate
the ability of the parties to perform
Page GC-3
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design~Build Institute of America
their obligations under the Contract
Documents.
2.2 Design Professional Services
2.2.1 Design-Builder shall,
consistent with applicable state
licensing laws, provide through
qualified, licensed design
professionals employed by Design-
Builder, or procured from qualified,
independent licensed Design
Consultants, the necessary design
services, including architectural,
engineering and other design
professional services, for the
preparation of the required drawings,
specifications and other design
submittals to permit Design-Builder
to complete the Work consistent with
the Contract Documents. Nothing in
the Contract Documents is intended or
deemed to create any legal or
contractual relationship between
Owner and any Design Consultant.
2.3 Standard of Care for Design
Professional Services
2.3.1 The standard of care for all
design professional services
performed to execute the Work shall
be the care and skill ordinarily used
by members of the design profession
practicing under similar conditions
at the same time and locality of the
project. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, if the parties
agree upon specific performance
standards for any aspect of the Work,
',~hich otandardo arc to be oct forth
in an exhibit to the ?,grcemcnt
enti tIed "rerformance Standard
nequircmentG, " the design
professional services shall be
performed to achieve such standards.
2.4 Design Development Services
2.4.1 Design-Builder and Owner shall,
consistent wi th any applicable
provision of the Contract Documents,
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
agree upon any interim design
submissions that Owner may wish to
review, which interim design
submissions may include design
cri teria, drawings, diagrams and
specifications setting forth the
proj ect requirements. On or about
the time of the scheduled
submissions, Design-Builder and Owner
shall meet and confer about the
submissions, with Design-Builder
identifying during such meetings,
among other things, the evolution of
the design and any significant
changes or deviations from the
Contract Documents, or, if
applicable, previously submitted
design submissions. Minutes of the
meetings will be maintained by
Design-Builder and provided to all
attendees for review. Following the
design review meeting, Owner shall
review and approve the interim design
submissions in a time that is
consistent with the turnaround times
set forth in Design-Builder's
schedule.
2.4.2 Design-Builder shall submit to
Owner Construction Documents setting
forth in detail drawings and
specifications describing the
requirements for construction of the
Work. The Construction Documents
shall be consistent with the latest
set of interim design submissions, as
such submissions may have been
modified in a design review meeting.
The parties shall have a design
review meeting to discuss, and Owner
shall review and approve, the
Construction Documents in accordance
with the procedures set forth Section
2.4.1 above. Design-Builder shall
proceed with construction in
accordance with the approved
Construction Documents and shall
submit one set of approved
Construction Documents to Owner prior
to commencement of construction.
Page GC-4
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
2.4.3 Owner's review and approval of
interim design submissions and the
Construction Documents is for the
purpose of mutually establishing a
conformed set of Contract Documents
compatible with the requirements of
the Work. Neither Owner's review nor
approval of any interim design
submissions and Construction
Documents shall be deemed to transfer
any design liability from Design-
Builder to Owner.
2.4.4 To the extent not prohibited by
the Contract Documents or Legal
Requirements, Design-Builder may
prepare interim design submissions
and Construction Documents for a
portion of the Work to permit
construction to proceed on that
portion of the Work prior to
completion of the Construction
Documents for the entire Work.
2.5 Legal Requirements
2.5.1 Design-Builder shall perform
the Work in accordance with all Legal
Requirements and shall provide all
notices applicable to the Work as
required by the Legal Requirements.
2.5.2 The Contract Price and/or
Contract Time{s} shall be adjusted to
compensate Design-Builder for the
effects of any changes in the Legal
Requirements enacted after the date
of the Agreement affecting the
performance of the Work, or if a
Guaranteed Maximum Price is
established after the date of the
Agreement, the date the parties agree
upon the Guaranteed Maximum Price.
Such effects may include, without
limitation, revisions Design-Builder
is required to make to the
Construction Documents because of
changes in Legal Requirements.
2.6
Government
Permits
Approvals
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
2.6.1 Elcccpt aD idcntified in an
O.mer' 3 Permit Li3t attached aD an
exhibit to the l\greement, Design-
Builder shall obtain and pay for all
necessary permits, approvals,
licenses, government charges and
inspection fees required for the
prosecution of the Work by any
government or quasi-government entity
having jurisdiction over the Project.
:2.6.:2 Deoign Builder ohall provide
reaoonable aooiDtance to O'.mer in
obtaining thoDe permitD, approvalo
and lioencec that are O.mer' c
reoponoibility.
2.7 Design-Builder's Construction
phase Services
2.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents to be the
responsibility of Owner or a separate
contractor, Design-Builder shall
provide through itself or
Subcontractors the necessary
supervision, labor, inspection,
testing, start-up, material,
equipment, machinery, temporary
utilities and other temporary
facilities to permit Design-Builder
to complete construction of the
Project consistent with the Contract
Documents.
2.7.2 Design-Builder shall perform
all construction activities
efficiently and with the requisite
expertise, skill and competence to
satisfy the requirements of the
Contract Documents. Design-Builder
shall at all times exercise complete
and exclusive control over the means,
methods, sequences and techniques of
construction, subject to restrictions
enumerated in Special Conditions and
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
and
2.7.3 Design-Builder shall employ
only Subcontractors who are duly
licensed and qualified to perform the
Work consistent with the Contract
Page GC-5
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
DEIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute ~f America
Documents. Owner may reasonably
object to Design-Builder's selection
of any Subcontractor, provided that
the Contract Price and/or Contract
Time{s) shall be adjusted to the
extent that Owner's decision impacts
Design-Builder's cost and/or time of
performance.
2.7.4 Design-Builder assumes
responsibility to Owner for the
proper performance of the Work of
Subcontractors and any acts and
omissions in connection with such
performance. Nothing in the Contract
Documents is intended or deemed to
create any legal or contractual
relationship between Owner and any
Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor,
including but not limited to any
third-party beneficiary rights.
2.7.5 Design-Builder shall coordinate
the activities of all Subcontractors.
If Owner performs other work on the
Project or at the Site with separate
contractors under Owner's control,
Design-Builder agrees to reasonably
c09perate and coordinate its
activities with those of such
separate contractors so that the
Project can be completed in an
orderly and coordinated manner
without unreasonable disruption.
2.7.6 Design-Builder shall keep the
Site reasonably free from debris,
trash and construction wastes to
permit Design-Builder to perform its
construction services efficiently,
safely and without interfering with
the use of adjacent land areas. Upon
Substantial Completion of the Work,
or a portion of the Work, Design-
Builder shall remove all debris,
trash, construction wastes,
materials, equipment, machinery and
tools arising from the Work or
applicable portions thereof to permit
Owner to occupy the Project or a
portion of the project for its
intended use.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
2.8 Design-Builder's Responsibility
for Project Safety
2.8.1 Design-Builder recognizes the
importance of performing the Work in
a safe manner so as to prevent
damage, injury or loss to (i) all
individuals at the Site, whether
working or visiting, (ii) the Work,
including materials and equipment
incorporated into the Work or stored
on-Site or off-Site, and (iii) all
other property at the Site or
adjacent thereto. Design-Builder
assumes responsibility for
implementing and monitoring all
safety precautions and programs
related to the performance of the
Work. Design-Builder shall, prior to
commencing construction, designate a
Safety Representative with the
necessary qualifications and
experience to supervise the
implementation and monitoring of all
safety precautions and programs
related to the Work. Unless
otherwise required by the Contract
Documents, Design-Builder's Safety
Representative shall be an individual
stationed at the Site who may have
responsibilities on the Project in
addition to safety. The Safety
Representative shall make routine
daily inspections of the Site and
shall hold weekly safety meetings
with Design-Builder's personnel,
Subcontractors and others as
applicable.
2.8.2 Design-Builder and
Subcontractors shall comply with all
Legal Requirements relating to
safety, as well as any Owner-specific
safety requirements set forth in the
Contract Documents, provided that
such Owner-specific requirements do
not violate any applicable Legal
Requirement. Design-Builder will
immediately report in writing any
safety-related injury, loss, damage
or accident arising from the Work to
Page GC-6
Owner's Representative and, to the
extent mandated by Legal
Requirements, to all government or
quasi-government authorities having
jurisdiction over safety-related
matters involving the Project or the
Work.
2.8.3 Design-Builder's responsibility
for safety under this Section 2.8 is
not intended in any way to relieve
Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors
of their own contractual and legal
obligations and responsibility for
(i) complying with all Legal
Requirements, including those related
to health and safety matters, and
(ii) taking all necessary measures to
implement and monitor all safety
precautions and programs to guard
against injury, losses, damages or
accidents resulting from their
performance of the Work.
2.9 Design-Builder's Warranty
2.9.1 Design-Builder warrants to
Owner that the construction,
including all materials and equipment
furnished as part of the
construction, shall be new unless
otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents, of good quality, in
conformance with the Contract
Documents and free of defects in
materials and workmanship. Design-
Builder's warranty obligation
excludes defects caused by abuse,
alterations, or failure to maintain
the Work by persons other than
Design-Builder or anyone for whose
acts Design-Builder may be liable.
Nothing in this warranty is intended
to limit any manufacturer's warranty
which provides Owner with greater
warranty rights than set forth in
this Section 2.9 or the Contract
Documents. Design-Builder will
provide Owner with all manufacturers'
warranties upon Substantial
Completion.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
2.10 Correction of Defective Work
2.10.1 Design-Builder agrees to
correct any Work that is found to not
be in conformance with the Contract
Documents, including that part of the
Work subj ect to Section 2.9 hereof,
within a period of one year from the
date of Substantial Completion of the
Work or any portion of the Work, or
within such longer period to the
extent required by the Contract
Documents.
2.10.2 Design-Builder shall,
within seven (7) days of receipt of
written notice from Owner that the
Work is not in conformance with the
Contract Documents, take meaningful
steps to commence correction of such
nonconforming Work, including the
correction, removal or replacement of
the nonconforming Work and any damage
caused to other parts of the Work
affected by the nonconforming Work.
If Design-Builder fails to commence
the necessary steps within such seven
(7) day period, Owner, in addition to
any other remedies provided under the
Contract Documents, may provide
Design-Builder with written notice
that Owner will commence correction
of such nonconforming Work with its
own forces. If Owner does perform
such corrective Work, Design-Builder
shall be responsible for all
reasonable costs incurred by Owner in
performing such correction. If the
nonconforming Work creates an
emergency requiring an immediate
response, the seven (7) day periods
identified herein shall be deemed
inapplicable.
2.10.3 The one year period
referenced in Section 2.10.1 above
applies only to Design-Builder's
obligation to correct nonconforming
Work and is not intended to
constitute a period of limitations
for any other rights or remedies
Owner may have regarding Design-
Page GC-7
DEIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Builder's other obligations under the
Contract Documents.
Article 3
Owner's Services and Responsibilities
3.1 Duty to Cooperate
3.1.1 Owner shall, throughout the
performance of the Work, cooperate
with Design-Builder and perform its
responsibilities, obligations and
services in a timely manner to
facilitate Design-Builder's timely
and efficient performance of the Work
and so as not to delay or interfere
with Design-Builder's performance of
its obligations under the Contract
Documents.
3.1.2 Owner shall provide timely
reviews and approvals of interim
design submissions and Construction
Documents consistent with the
turnaround times set forth in Design-
Builder's schedule.
3.2 Furnishing
Information
of
Services
3.2.1 Unless expressly stated to the
contrary in the Contract Documents,
Owner shall provide, at its own cost
and expense, for Design-Builder's
information and use the following,
all of which Design-Builder is
entitled to rely upon in performing
the Work:
.1 Curveyo deocribing the
property, boundarieo,
topo~raphy ami reference
pointo for uoe during
conotruction, including
eJdoting oerrice and
utility lineo,
.2 Ceotechnical otudieo
deocribing oubourfaee
conditiono, and other
ourreyo deocribing other
latent or concealed
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
phyoical eonditiono at the
B-i-re;-
.3 Temporary and permanent
eaoemento, zoning and other
requirementD and
encumbranceo affecting land
uoe, or neceooary to permit
the proper deoign and
conotruction of the rroject
and enable Deoign Builder
to perform the Work,
.1. A legal deocription of the
B-i-re;-
.5 To the extent available,
as-built and record
drawings of any existing
structures at the Site; and
and
.6 To the extent a"railable,
environmental otudieo,
reporto and impact
otatemcnto deocribing the
environmental conditiono,
including Hazardouo
Conditiono, in exiotence at
the Oite.
3.2.2 Owner is responsible for
securing and executing all necessary
agreements with adjacent land or
property owners that are necessary to
enable Design-Builder to perform the
Work. Owner is further responsible
for all costs, including attorneys'
fees, incurred in securing these
necessary agreements.
3.3 Financial Information
3.3.1 At Design-Builder's request,
Owner ~ may promptly
furnish reasonable evidence
satisfactory to Design-Builder
that Owner has adequate funds
available and committed to
fulfill all of Owner's
contractual obligations under
the Contract Documents. ~
O'.:ner failo to furnioh ouch
Page GC-8
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
financial information in a
timely ll1Llnner, Deaign Builder
may atop Work under Section
11.3 hereof or eJCerciae any
other right permitted under the
ContrLlct Documento.
3.3.2 Design-Builder shall cooperate
with the reasonable requirements of
Owner's lenders or other financial
sources. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, after execution
of the Agreement Design-Builder shall
have no obligation to execute for
Owner or Owner's lenders or other
financial sources any documents or
agreements that require Design-
Builder to assume obligations or
responsibilities greater than those
existing obligations Design-Builder
has under the Contract Documents.
3.4 Owner's Representative
3.4.1 Owner's Representative shall be
responsible for providing Owner-
supplied information and approvals in
a timely manner to permit Design-
Builder to fulfill its obligations
under the Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative shall also
provide Design-Builder with prompt
notice if it observes any failure on
the part of Design-Builder to fulfill
its contractual obligations,
including any errors, omissions or
defects in the performance of the
Work.
3.5
Government
Permits
Approvals
3.1; . 1 O',mer ohLlll obtLlin Llnd PLlY for
all neceooary permi to, Llpp rO"JLl 1 0 ,
licenoeo, government chLlrgeo Llnd
inopection feeD oct forth in the
O.,mer' 0 I'ermit Liot Llttached aD Lln
eJiliibit to the ~greement.
3.5.2 Owner shall
assistance to
obtaining those
provide reasonable
Design-Builder in
permits, approvals
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
and licenses that are
Builder's responsibility.
Design-
3.6 Owner's Separate Contractors
3.6.1 Owner is responsible for all
work performed on the Project or at
the Site by separate contractors
under Owner's control. Owner shall
contractually require its separate
contractors to cooperate with, and
coordinate their activities so as not
to interfere with, Design-Builder in
order to enable Design-Builder to
timely complete the Work consistent
with the Contract Documents.
Article 4
Hazardous Conditions and Differing Site
Conditions
4.1 Hazardous Conditions
4.1.1 Unless otherwise expressly
provided in the Contract Documents to
be part of the Work, Design-Builder
is not responsible for any Hazardous
Conditions encountered at the Site.
Upon encountering any Hazardous
Conditions, Design-Builder will stop
Work immediately in the affected area
and duly notify Owner and, if
required by Legal Requirements, all
government or quasi-government
entities with jurisdiction over the
Project or Site.
and
4.1.2 Upon receiving notice of the
presence of suspected Hazardous
Conditions, Owner shall take the
necessary measures required to ensure
that the Hazardous Conditions are
remediated or rendered harmless.
Such necessary measures shall include
Owner retaining qualified independent
experts to (i) ascertain whether
Hazardous Conditions have actually
been encountered, and, if they have
been encountered, (ii) prescribe the
remedial measures that Owner must
Page GC-9
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m Of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
take either to remove
Conditions or render
Conditions harmless.
the Hazardous
the Hazardous
4.1.3 Design-Builder shall be
obligated to resume Work at the
affected area of the Project only
after Owner's expert provides it with
written certification that (i) the
Hazardous Conditions have been
removed or rendered harmless and (ii)
all necessary approvals have been
obtained from all government and
quasi-government entities having
jurisdiction over the Project or
Site.
4.1.5 To the fullest extent permitted
by law, Owner shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless Design-Builder,
Design Consultants, Subcontractors,
anyone employed directly or
indirectly for any of them, and their
officers, directors, employees and
agents, from and against any and all
claims, losses, damages, liabilities
and expenses, including attorneys'
fees and expenses, arising out of or
resulting from the presence, removal
or remediation of Hazardous
Conditions at the Site.
4.1.6 Notwithstanding the preceding
provisions of this Section 4.1. Owner
is not responsible for Hazardous
Conditions introduced to the Site by
Design-Builder, Subcontractors or
anyone for whose acts they may be
liable. Design-Builder shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Owner and Owner's officers,
directors, employees and agents from
and against all claims, losses,
damages, liabilities and expenses,
including attorneys' fees and
expenses, arising out of or resulting
from those Hazardous Conditions
introduced to the Site by Design-
Builder, Subcontractors or anyone for
whose acts they may be liable.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
4.1.4 Design-Builder will be
entitled, in accordance with these
General Conditions of Contract, to an
adjustment in its Contract Price
and/or Contract Time(s) to the extent
Design-Builder's cost and/or time of
performance have been adversely
impacted by the presence of Hazardous
Conditions.
4.2 Differing Site Conditions
4.2.1 Concealed or latent physical
conditions or subsurface conditions
at the Site that (i) materially
differ from the conditions indicated
in the Contract Documents or (ii) are
of an unusual nature, differing
materially from the conditions
ordinarily encountered and generally
recognized as inherent in the Work
are collectively referred to herein
as "Differing Site Conditions." If
Design-Builder encounters a Differing
Site Condition, Design-Builder will
be entitled to an adjustment in the
Contract Price and/or Contract
Time(s) to the extent Design-
Builder's cost and/or time of
performance are adversely impacted by
the Differing Site Condition.
4.2.2 Upon encountering a Differing
Site Condition, Design-Builder shall
provide prompt written notice to
Owner of such condition, which notice
shall not be later than fourteen (14)
days after such condition has been
encountered. Design-Builder shall,
to the extent reasonably possible,
provide such notice before the
Differing Site Condition has been
substantially disturbed or altered.
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Page GC-10
Article 5
Insurance and Bonds
5.1 Design-Bui1der's Insurance
Requirements
5.1.1 Design-Builder is responsible
for procuring and maintaining from
insurance companies authorized to do
business in the state in which the
Project is located, and with a
minimum rating set forth in the
Agreement, the follo.,:ing specified
insurance coverages for certain
claims which may arise from or out of
the performance of the Work and
obligations under the Contract
Documents.
.1 Cover::lge for claimo arioing
under vorkero'
compenDation, dioability
and other Dimilar employee
benefit 10..,:0 applicable to
the Work,
.2 Co.;erage for clilimD by
DeDign Builder' 0 employeeo
for bodily inj ury ,
oickneoo, dioeaoe, or
6eaffi-;-
.3 C07erilge for claimo by any
peroon other than Deoign
Builder' 0 emflloyeeo for
5.1.2 Design-Builder's liability
insurance required by Section 5.1.1
above shall be written for the
coverage amounts set forth in the
Agreement and shall include completed
operations insurance for the period
of time set forth in the Agreement.
5.1.3 Design-Builder's liability
insurance set forth in Sections
5.1.1.1 through 5.1.1.7 above shall
specifically delete any design-build
or similar exclusions that could
compromise coverages because of the
design-build delivery of the Project.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
bodily injury, oiclmeoo,
dioeaoe, or death,
.4 C07erage for uoual peroonal
injury liability claimo for
damageD ouotained by 0.
perDon 0.0 0. direct or
indirect reoult of Deoign
Builder'o employment of the
peroon, or ouotained by any
other peroon,
.5 Coverage for claimo for
damageD (other than to the
Work) becauoc of injury to
or deotruction of tangible
property, including 1000 of
use-:-
.6 Coverage for cl;:limo of
dam;:lgeD bec;:luoe of peroon;:ll
injurf or death, or
property d;:lm;:lge reoulting
from mmerDhip, UDe and
maintenance of ;:lny motor
vehicle, and
.7 Coverage for contractu;:ll
li;:lbility claimo ;:lrioing
out of DeDign Builder' 0
obligationD under Oection
7.1.1 hereof.
5.1.4 To the extent Owner requires
Design-Builder or any Design
Consultant to provide professional
liability insurance for claims
arising from the negligent
performance of design services by
Design-Builder or the Design
Consultant, the coverage limits,
duration and other specifics of such
insurance shall be as set forth in
the Agreement. Any professional
liability shall specifically delete
any design-build or similar
exclusions that could compromise
coverages because of the design-build
deli very of the proj ect. Such
policies shall be provided prior to
Page GC-ll
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
Of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
the commencement of
services hereunder.
any
design
5.1.5 Prior to commencing any
construction services hereunder,
Design-Builder shall provide Owner
with certificates evidencing that (i)
all insurance obligations required by
the Contract Documents are in full
force and in effect and will remain
in effect for the duration required
by the Contract Documents and (ii) no
insurance coverage will be canceled,
renewal refused, or materially
changed unless at least thirty (30)
days prior written notice is given to
Owner.
5.2 Ouner's Liability Insurance
5 . 2 . 1 O'.mcr oha.ll procurc o.nd
mo.into.in from inouro.ncc compo.nico
o.uthorizcd to do buoincoo in thc
ota.te in ,ffiich the projcct io loca.tcd
ouch liability inourance to protect
O',mer 'from clo.imo '..'hich may o.rioe
from thc performa.nce of OHner' 0
obligo.tiono undcr the Contract
Documcnto or O.mer' 0 conduct during
the couroc of the Project.
5 . 3 Ouner' s Preperty Insurance
5.3.1 Unleoo other._ioe pr07ided in
the Contro.ct Documento, O\mer ohall
procure ::md mointo.in from inoura.nce
compo.nieo outhorized to do buoineoo
in the oto.te in ',_hich the Project io
loco.ted property inoura.nce upon the
entire Project to the full inouro.ble
7o.lue of the proj ect, including
profeooiona.l feeD, overtime premiumo
o.nd 0.11 other expenDeD incurred to
replace or repair the inoured
property. The property inour:mce
obto.ined by O',mer oholl include 00
o.dditional inouredo the intereoto of
O',mer, Deoign Builder, Deoign
Conoulto.nto, Cubcontro.ctoro and Cub
Cubcontractoro, o.nd oho.ll inoure
a.goinot the perilo of fire and
extended covero.ge, theft, vanda.liom,
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
ffia.liciouo miochief, colla.poe, flood,
earthquake, debrio removal and other
perilo or ca.uoeo of 1000 a.o coIled
for in the Contract Documento. The
property inouro.nce oho.ll include
phyoico.l 1000 or d:lllnge to the Worle,
including moteriolo a.nd equipment in
tro.noit, o.t the Cite or o.t another
loca.tion a.o ma.y be indica.ted in
Deoign Builder' 0 :~plico.tion for
po.yment o.nd a.pproved by O,mer.
5.3.2 Unleoo the Contract Document 0
pro'Jide other,doe, O',mer oho.ll
procure o.nd ma.into.in boiler ond
mo.chinery inouro.nce that '.oill include
the intereoto of O'.;ner, Deoign
Builder, Deoign Conoul to.nto,
Cubcontractoro o.nd Cub
Cubcontractoro.
5.3.3 Prior to Deoign Builder
commencing o.ny Work, O',mer oho.ll
prmride Deoign Builder ',;ith
certificateD evidencing tha.t (i) 0.11
O,mer' 0 inourance obligationo
required by the Contra.ot Documento
a.re in full force and in effect and
',;ill remain in effect until Deoign
Builder ha.o oompleted a.ll of the Work
and haD recei7ed fino.l payment from
O,mer and (ii) no inourance o07erage
',oill be oa.noeled, rene',lol refuoed, or
mo.terially changed unleoo at leaot
thirty (30) dayo prior ',;ritten notice
io given to Deoign Builder. OHner' 0
property inouro.nce oho.ll not lapoe or
be canceled if O'.mer occupieD a.
portion of the Work purou:mt to
Cection 6. G. 3 hereof. O'.mer oho.ll
pr07ide Deoign Builder ',oith the
neceooary endoroemento from the
inourance company prior to occupying
o portion of the Work.
5. 3. q. .~.ny 1000 co';ered under O',mer' 0
property inouronoe oholl be adjuoted
\;i th O'.mer ond Deoign Builder ond
mo.de poyo.ble to both of them 0.0
truoteeo for the inouredo 00 their
intereoto Il\(lY oppeor, oubj ect to ony
opplicoble mortgage clouoe. All
Page GC-12
insurance proceeds received as a
reoult of ~ny 1000 '.:ill be pl~ced in
~ oep~r~te ~ccount ~nd diotributed in
accordance '.:ith ouch agreement aD the
intereoted partieD may reach. .'illy
5.3.5 O'.mer ~nd Deoign Builder '.l~i ve
against each other Gnd O,mer's
oepar~te contractoro, Deoign
Conoult~nto, Cubcontractoro, agento
~nd employeeo of each and all of
them, all damageD covered by property
inour~nce provided herein, except
ouch righto ~o they may ha-;e to the
proceeds of ouch inourance. Deoign
Builder ~nd O'.mer oh~ll, "here
appropriate, require oimilar ',l~i -;ero
of oubrogation from O'.mer' 0 oeparate
contr~ctoro, Deoign Conoultantc ~nd
Cubcontractoro and chall require each
of them to include oimilar ',:ai7ero in
their contr~cto.
5 .4 Bonds and Other Performance
Security
5.4.1 If Owner requires Design-
Builder to obtain performance and
labor and material payment bonds, or
other forms of performance security,
the amount, form and other conditions
of such security shall be as set
forth in the Agreement.
Article 6
Payment
6.1 Schedule of Values
6.1.1 Within ten (10) days of
execution of the Agreement, Design-
Builder shall submit for Owner's
review and approval a schedule of
values for all of the Work. The
Schedule of Values will (i) subdivide
the Work into its respective parts,
(ii) include values for all items
comprising the Work and (iii) serve
as the basis for monthly progress
payments made to Design-Builder
throughout the Work.
6.2 Monthly Proqress Payments
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
dioagreement
diotribution
reool-;ed in
10 hereof.
concerning the
of any proceedo ',:ill be
~ccordance '.:i th Article
6.2.1 On or before the date
established in the Agreement, Design-
Builder shall submit for Owner's
review and approval its Application
for Payment requesting payment for
all Work performed as of the date of
the Application for Payment. The
Application for payment shall be
accompanied by all supporting
documentation required by the
Contract Documents and/or established
at the meeting required by Section
2.1.4 hereof.
6.2.2 The Application for Payment may
request payment for equipment and
materials not yet incorporated into
the Project, provided that (i) Owner
is satisfied that the equipment and
materials are suitably stored at
either the Site or another acceptable
location, (ii) the equipment and
materials are protected by suitable
insurance and (iii) upon payment,
Owner will receive the equipment and
materials free and clear of all liens
and encumbrances.
6.2.3 The Application for Payment
shall constitute Design-Builder's
representation that the Work has been
performed consistent with the
Contract Documents, has progressed to
the point indicated in the
Application for Payment, and that
title to all Work will pass to Owner
free and clear of all claims, liens,
encumbrances, and security interests
upon the incorporation of the Work
into the Project, or upon Design-
Builder's receipt of payment,
whichever occurs earlier.
6.3 Withholding of Payments
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Page GC-13
6.3.1 On or before the date
established in the Agreement, Owner
shall pay Design-Builder all amounts
properly due. If Owner determines
that Design-Builder is not entitled
to all or part of an Application for
Payment, it will notify Design-
Builder in writing at lCGot fi7c (5)
days--prior to the date payment is
due. The notice shall indicate the
specific amounts Owner intends to
withhold, the reasons and contractual
basis for the withholding, and the
specific measures Design-Builder must
take to rectify Owner's concerns.
Design-Builder and Owner will attempt
to resolve Owner's concerns prior to
the date payment is due. If the
parties cannot resolve such concerns,
Design-Builder may pursue its rights
under the Contract Documents,
including those under Article 10
hereof.
6.5 Design-Builder's
Obligations
Payment
6.5.1 Design-Builder will pay Design
Consultants and Subcontractors, in
accordance with its contractual
obligations to such parties, all the
amounts Design-Builder has received
from Owner on account of their work.
Design-Builder will impose similar
requirements on Design Consultants
and Subcontractors to pay those
parties with whom they have
contracted. Design-Builder will
indemnify and defend Owner against
any claims for payment and mechanic's
liens as set forth in Section 7.3
hereof.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
6.3.2 Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Contract Documents,
Owner shall pay Design-Builder all
undisputed amounts in an Application
for Payment within the times required
by the Agreement.
6.4 Right to Stop Work and Interest
~ If Owner fails to pay Design-
Builder any amount that becomes
due, Design-Builder, in
addition to all other remedies
provided in the Contract
Documents, may stop Work
pursuant to Section 11.3
hereof. 1'.11 paymcnto duc Gnd
unp:J.id oh:J.ll bC:J.r "intercot :J.t
thc rGte oct forth in thc
.'\grccmcnt.
Page GC-l4
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
6.6 Substantial Completion
6.6.1 Design-Builder shall notify
Owner when it believes the Work, or
to the extent permitted in the
Contract Documents, a portion of the
Work, is substantially complete.
Within five (5) days of Owner's
receipt of Design-Builder's notice,
Owner and Design-Builder will jointly
inspect such Work to verify that it
is substantially complete in
accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents. If such Work
is substantially complete, Owner
shall prepare and issue a Certificate
of Substantial Completion that will
set forth (i) the date of Substantial
Completion of the Work or portion
thereof, (i i) the remaining items of
Work that have to be completed before
final payment, (Hi) provisions (to
the extent not already provided in
the Contract Documents) establishing
Owner's and Design-Builder's
responsibility for the Project's
security, maintenance, utilities and
insurance pending final payment and
(iv) an acknowledgment that
warranties commence to run on the
date of Substantial Completion,
except as may otherwise be noted in
the Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
6.6.2 Upon Substantial Completion of
the entire Work or, if applicable,
any portion of the Work, Owner shall
release to Design-Builder all
retained amounts relating, as
applicable, to the entire Work or
completed portion of the Work, less
an amount equal to the reasonable
value of all remaining or incomplete
items of Work as noted in the
Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
6.6.3 Owner, at its option, may use a
portion of the Work which has been
determined to be substantially
complete, provided, however, that (i)
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
a Certificate of Substantial
Completion has been issued for the
portion of Work addressing the items
set forth in Section 6.6.1 above,
(ii) Design-Builder and Owner have
obtained the consent of their
sureties and insurers, and to the
extent applicable, the appropriate
government authorities having
jurisdiction over the Project, and
(iii) Owner and Design-Builder agree
that Owner's use or occupancy will
not interfere with Design-Builder's
completion of the remaining Work.
6.7 Final Payment
6.7.1 After receipt of a Final
Application for Payment from Design-
Bui Ider , Owner shall make final
payment by the time required in the
Agreement, provided that Design-
Builder has completed all of the Work
in conformance with the Contract
Documents.
6.7.2 At the time of
its Final Application
Design-Builder shall
following information:
submission of
for Payment,
provide the
.1 an affidavit that there are
no claims, obligations or
liens outstanding or
unsatisfied for labor,
services, material,
equipment, taxes or other
items performed, furnished
or incurred for or in
connection with the Work
which will in any way
affect Owner's interests;
.2 a general release executed
by Design-Builder waiving,
upon receipt of final
payment by Design-Builder,
all claims, except those
claims previously made in
writing to Owner and
remaining unsettled at the
time of final payment;
Page GC-15
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design~Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
.3
consent of
surety, if
payment;
Design-Builder's
any, to final
.4 all operating manuals,
warranties and other
deliverables required by
the Contract Documents; and
.5 certificates of insurance
confirming that required
coverages will remain in
effect consistent with the
requirements of the
Contract Documents.
.6 other information required
by the Contract Documents.
6.7.3 Upon making final payment,
Owner waives all claims against
Design-Builder except claims relating
to (i) Design-Builder's failure to
satisfy its payment obligations, if
such failure affects Owner's
interests, (ii) Design-Builder's
failure to complete the Work
consistent with the Contract
Documents, including defects
appearing after Substantial
Completion and (iii) the terms of any
special warranties required by the
Contract Documents.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
Article 7
Indemnification
7.1
Patent and
Infringement
Copyright
7.1.1 Design-Builder shall defend any
action or proceeding brought against
Owner based on any claim that the
Work, or any part thereof, or the
operation or use of the Work or any
part thereof, constitutes
infringement of any United States
patent or copyright, now or hereafter
issued. Owner shall give prompt
written notice to Design-Builder of
any such action or proceeding and
will reasonably provide authority,
information and assistance in the
defense of same. Design-Builder
shall indemnify and hold harmless
Owner from and against all damages
and costs, including but not limited
to attorneys' fees and expenses
awarded against Owner or Design-
Builder in any such action or
proceeding. Design-Builder agrees to
keep Owner informed of all
developments in the defense of such
actions.
7.1.2 If Owner is enj oined from the
operation or use of the Work, or any
part thereof, as the result of any
patent or copyright suit, claim, or
proceeding, Design-Builder shall at
its sole expense take reasonable
steps to procure the right to operate
or use the Work. If Design-Builder
cannot so procure such right within a
reasonable time, Design-Builder shall
promptly, at Design-Builder's option
and at Design-Builder's expense, (i)
modify the Work so as to avoid
infringement of any such patent or
copyright or (ii) replace said Work
with Work that does not infringe or
violate any such patent or copyright.
7.1.3
shall
claim
Sections 7.1.1 and 7.1.2 above
not be applicable to any suit,
or proceedinq based on
Page GC-16
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
infringement or violation of a patent
or copyright (i) relating solely to a
particular process or product of a
particular manufacturer specified by
Owner and not offered or recommended
by Design-Builder to Owner or (ii)
arising from modifications to the
Work by Owner or its agents after
acceptance of the Work. If the suit,
claim or proceeding is based upon
events set forth in the preceding
sentence, Owner shall defend,
indemnify and hold harmless Design-
Builder to the same extent Design-
Builder is obligated to defend,
indemnify and hold harmless Owner in
Section 7.1.1 above.
7.1.4 The obligations set forth in
this Section 7.1 shall constitute the
sole agreement between the parties
relating to liability for
infringement of violation of any
patent or copyright.
7.2
Tax Claim Indemnification
7.2.1 If, in accordance with Owner's
direction, an exemption for all or
part of the Work is claimed for
taxes, Owner shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless Design-Builder from
and against any liability, penalty,
interest, fine, tax assessment,
attorneys' fees or other expenses or
costs incurred by Design-Builder as a
result of any action taken by Design-
Builder in accordance with Owner's
directive.
7.3 Payment Claim Indemnification
7.3.1 Providing that Owner is not in
breach of its contractual
obligation to make payments to
Design-Builder for the Work,
Design-Builder shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Owner
from any claims or mechanic's
liens brought against Owner or
against the Project as a result
of the failure of Design-
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
Builder, or those for whose
acts it is responsible, to pay
for any services, materials,
labor, equipment, taxes or
other items or obligations
furnished or incurred for or in
connection with the Work.
wi thin three (3) days of
receiving written notice from
Owner that such a claim or
mechanic's lien has been filed,
Design-Builder shall commence
to take the steps necessary to
discharge said claim or lien,
including, if necessary, the
furnishing of a mechanic's lien
bond. If Design-Builder fails
to do so, Owner will have the
right to discharge the claim or
lien and hold Design-Builder
liable for costs and expenses
incurred, including attorneys'
fees.
7.4
General
Design-Builder's
Indemnification
7.4.1 Design-Builder, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, shall
indemnify, hold harmless and defend
Owner, its officers, directors,
employees and agents from and against
claims, losses, damages, liabilities,
including attorneys' fees and
expenses, for bodily injury, sickness
or death, and property damage or
destruction (other than to the Work
itself) to the extent resulting from
the negligent acts or omissions of
Design-Builder, Design Consultants,
Subcontractors, anyone employed
directly or indirectly by any of them
or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable.
7.4.2 If an employee of Design-
Builder, Design Consul tants,
Subcontractors, anyone employed
directly or indirectly by any of them
or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable has a claim against
Owner, its officers, directors,
Page GC-17
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
~ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
employees, or agents, Design-
Builder's indemnity obligation set
forth in Section 7.4.1 above shall
not be limited by any limitation on
the amount of damages, compensation
or benefits payable by or for Design-
Builder, Design Consultants,
Subcontractors, or other entity under
any employee benefit acts, including
workers' compensation or disability
acts.
7.5 Owner's General Indemnification
7.5.1 Owner, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, shall indemnify,
hold harmless and defend Design-
Builder and any of Design-Builder's
officers, directors, employees, or
agents from and against claims,
losses, damages, liabilities,
including attorneys' fees and
expenses, for bodily injury, sickness
or death, and property damage or
destruction (other than to the Work
itself) to the extent resulting from
the negligent acts or omissions of
Owner's separate contractors or
anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable.
Article 8
Time
8.1
Obligation to Achieve the
Contract Times
8.1.1 Design-Builder agrees that it
will commence performance of the Work
and achieve the Contract Time (s) in
accordance with Article 5 of the
Agreement.
8.2 Delays to the Work
8.2.1 If Design-Builder is delayed in
the performance of the Work due to
acts, omissions, conditions, events,
or circumstances beyond its control
and due to no fault of its own or
those for whom Design-Builder is
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
responsible, the Contract Time(s) for
performance shall be reasonably
extended by Change Order. By way of
example, events that will entitle
Design-Builder to an extension of the
Contract Time(s) include acts or
omissions of Owner or anyone under
Owner's control (including separate
contractors), changes in the Work,
Differing Site Conditions, Hazardous
Conditions, wars, floods, labor
disputes, unusual delay in
transportation, epidemics abroad,
earthquakes, adverse weather
conditions not reasonably
anticipated, and other acts of God.
8.2.2 In addition to Design-Builder's
right to a time extension for those
events set forth in Section 8.2.1
above, Design-Builder shall also be
entitled to an appropriate adjustment
of the Contract Price provided,
however, that the Contract Price
shall not be adjusted for those
events set forth in Section 8.2.1
above that are beyond the control of
both Design-Builder and Owner,
including the events of war, floods,
labor disputes, earthquakes,
epidemics, adverse weather conditions
not reasonably anticipated, and other
acts of God.
Article 9
Changes to the Contract Price and Time
9.1 Change Orders
9.1.1 A Change Order is a written
instrument issued after execution of
the Agreement signed by Owner and
Design-Builder, stating their
agreement upon all of the following:
.1 The scope of the change in
the Work;
.2 The amount
adjustment to the
price; and
of the
Contract
Page GC-18
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
. 3 The extent
adjustment to the
Time (s) .
of the
Contract
9.1.2 All changes in the Work
authorized by applicable Change Order
shall be performed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents. Owner and Design-Builder
shall negotiate in good faith and as
expeditiously as possible the
appropriate adjustments for such
changes.
9.2 Work Change Directives
9.2.1 A Work Change Directive is
a written order prepared and signed
by Owner, directing a change in the
Work prior to agreement on an
adjustment in the Contract Price
and/or the Contract Time(s).
9.2.2 Owner and Design-Builder shall
negotiate in good fai th and as
expeditiously as possible the
appropriate adjustments for the Work
Change Directive. Upon reaching an
agreement, the parties shall prepare
and execute an appropriate Change
Order reflecting the terms of the
agreement.
9.3
Minor Changes in the Work
9.3.1 Minor changes in the Work do
not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price and/ or Contract
Time(s) and do not materially and
adversely affect the Work, including
the design, quality, performance and
workmanship required by the Contract
Documents. Design-Builder may make
minor changes in the Work consistent
with the intent of the Contract
Documents, provided, however that
Design-Builder shall promptly inform
Owner, in writing, of any such
changes and record such changes on
the documents maintained by Design-
Builder.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
9.1.3 If Owner requests a proposal
for a change in the Work from Design-
Builder and subsequently elects not
to proceed with the change, a Change
Order shall be issued to reimburse
Design-Builder for reasonable costs
incurred for estimating services,
design services and services involved
in the preparation of proposed
revisions to the Contract Documents.
9.4 Contract Price Adjustments
9.4.1 The increase or decrease in
Contract Price resulting from a
change in the Work shall be
determined by one or more of the
following methods:
.1 Unit prices set forth in
the Agreement or as
subsequently agreed to
between the parties;
.2 A mutually accepted, lump
sum, properly itemized and
supported by sufficient
substantiating data to
permit evaluation by Owner;
.3 Costs, fees and any
markups set forth in
Agreement; and
other
the
.4 If an increase or decrease
cannot be agreed to as set
forth in items .1 through
.3 above and Owner issues a
Work Change Directive, the
cost of the change of the
Work shall be determined by
the reasonable expense and
savings in the performance
of the Work resulting from
the change, including a
reasonable overhead and
profit, as may be set forth
in the Agreement. If the
net result of both
additions and deletions to
Page GC-19
the Work is an increase in
the Contract Price,
overhead and profit shall
be calculated on the basis
of the net increase to the
Contract Price. If the net
result of both additions
and deletions to the Work
is a decrease in the
Contract Price, there shall
be no overhead or profit
adjustment to the Contract
Price. Design-Builder
shall maintain a
documented, itemized
accounting evidencing the
expenses and savings
associated with such
changes.
9.4.2 If unit prices are set forth in
the Contract Documents or are
subsequently agreed to by the
parties, but application of such unit
prices will cause substantial
inequity to Owner or Design-Builder
because of differences in the
character or quantity of such unit
items as originally contemplated,
such unit prices shall be equitably
adjusted.
9.4.3 If Owner and Design-Builder
disagree upon whether Design-Builder
is entitled to be paid for any
services required by Owner, or if
there are any other disagreements
over the scope of Work or proposed
changes to the Work, Owner and
Design-Builder shall resolve the
disagreement pursuant to Article 10
hereof. As part of the negotiation
process, Design-Builder shall furnish
Owner with a good faith estimate of
the costs to perform the disputed
services in accordance with Owner's
interpretations. If the parties are
unable to agree and Owner expects
Design-Builder to perform the
services in accordance with Owner's
interpretations, Design-Builder shall
proceed to perform the disputed
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
services, conditioned upon Owner
issuing a written order to Design-
Builder (i) directing Design-Builder
to proceed and (ii) specifying
Owner's interpretation of the
services that are to be performed.
If this occurs, Design-Builder shall
be entitled to submit in its
Applications for Payment an amount
equal to fifty percent (50%) of its
reasonable estimated direct cost to
perform the services, and Owner
agrees to pay such amounts, with the
express understanding that (i) such
payment by Owner does not prejudice
Owner's right to argue that it has no
responsibility to pay for such
services and (ii) receipt of such
payment by Design-Builder does not
prejudice Design-Builder's right to
seek full payment of the disputed
services if Owner's order is deemed
to be a change to the Work.
9.5 Emergencies
9.5.1 In any emergency affecting the
safety of persons and/or property,
Design-Builder shall act, at its
discretion, to prevent threatened
damage, injury or loss. Any change
in the Contract Price and/or Contract
Time{s) on account of emergency work
shall be determined as provided in
this Article 9.
Article 10
Contract Adjustments and Disputes
10.1 Requests for Contract
Adjustments and Relief
10.1.1 If either Design-Builder or
Owner believes that it is entitled to
relief against the other for any
event arising out of or related to
the Work or Project, such party shall
provide written notice to the other
party of the basis for its claim for
relief. Such notice shall, if
possible, be made prior to incurring
any cost or expense and in accordance
Page GC-20
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
with any specific notice requirements
contained in applicable sections of
these General Conditions of Contract.
In the absence of any specific notice
requirement, written notice shall be
given within a reasonable time, not
to exceed twenty-one (21) days, after
the occurrence giving rise to the
claim for relief or after the
claiming party reasonably should have
recognized the event or condition
giving rise to the request, whichever
is later. Such notice shall include
sufficient information to advise the
other party of the circumstances
giving rise to the claim for relief,
the specific contractual adjustment
or relief requested and the basis of
such request.
10.2 Dispute
Resolution
Avoidance
10.2.1 The parties are fully
committed to working with each other
throughout the Project and agree to
communicate regularly with each other
at all times so as to avoid or
minimize disputes or disagreements.
If disputes or disagreements do
arise, Design-Builder and Owner each
commit to resolving such disputes or
disagreements in an amicable,
professional and expeditious manner
so as to avoid unnecessary losses,
delays and disruptions to the Work.
10.2.2 Design-Builder and Owner
will first attempt to resolve
disputes or disagreements at the
field level through discussions
between Design-Builder's
Representative and Owner's
Representative.
10.2.3 If a dispute or
disagreement cannot be resolved
through Design-Builder's
Representative and Owner's
Representative, Design-Builder's
Senior Representative and Owner's
Senior Representative, upon the
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
request of either party, shall meet
as soon as conveniently possible, but
in no case later than thirty (30)
days after such a request is made, to
attempt to resolve such dispute or
disagreement. Prior to any meetings
between the Senior Representatives,
the parties will exchange relevant
information that will assist the
parties in resolving their dispute or
disagreement.
10 . 2 .4 Should mediation of disputes prove
unsuccessful. the parties to this Agreement agree
that the matter(s) in question will be decided in
the Superior Court of Richmond County. Georgia.
By signing this Agreement. the Design Consultant
waives any right to contest the venue in the
Superior Court of Richmond County. Georgia.
and
10.2.1 If ~fter meeting the Cenior
Repreoentativeo determine that the
diopute or dio~greement cannot be
reoolved on termo o~tiof~otory to
both partieo, the p~rtieo ohall
oubmit the diopute or dioagreement to
non binding medi~tion. The medi~tion
ohall be conducted by a mutually
agreeable impartial mediator, or if
the p~rtieo oannot 00 ~gree, a
mediator deoign~ted by the l\merican
Arbitration Aooooiation ("1\.'l,.~.")
purouant to ito Conotruction Induotrf
~1ediation Ruleo. The mediation '.lill
be governed by ~nd conduoted purouant
to ~ medi~tion agreement negoti~ted
by the partieD or, if the partieD
c~nnot 00 agree, by prooedureo
eot~bliohed by the medi~tor.
10.3 Arbitration
10.3.1 .~.ny cl~imo, dioputeo or
contro'Jeroieo bet.o:een the partieD
~rioing out of or rel~ting to the
Agreement, or the breach thereof,
,;hich have not been reoolved in
~ccord~noe ,;ith the prooedureo oct
forth in Geotion 10.2 above ohall be
decided by ~rbitration in aocordanoe
',;ith the Conotruction Induotry
Arbitration Ruleo of the ~~~. then in
Page GC-21
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
effect, unleoo the p;:lrtieo mutually
;:lgree other-doc.
10.3.2 The mmrd of the
;:lrbitrator (0) ohall be fin;:ll and
binding upon the p;:lrtieo Iii thout the
right of appe;:ll to the courto.
Judgment may be entered upon it in
;:lccord;:lnce Idth ;:lpplic;:lble l;:l',: by ;:lny
court having juriodiction thereof.
19.3.3 Deoign Builder ;:lnd O'.mer
eJ,preooly ;:lgree th;:lt ;:lny arbitration
purouant to thio Section 10.3 may be
joined or conoolid;:lted '.:ith ;:lny
;:lrbitration involving ;:lny other
peroon or entity (i) neceoo;:lrI to
reoolve the cl;:lim, diopute or
controveroy, or (ii) oubotantially
involved in or affected by ouch
cl;:lim, diopute or controveroy. Both
Deoign nuilder ;:lnd O'.:ner '.lill include
;:lppropriate provioiono in all
contr;:lcto they execute ',lith other
p;:lrtieo in connection ',dth the
proj ect to require ouch joinder or
conoolid;:ltion.
10.3. i The prc:ailing party in any
;:lrbitr;:ltion, or ;:lny other final,
binding diopute proceeding upon ..hich
the p;:lrtieo mGY ;:lgree, ohall be
entitled to recover from the other
p;:lrty reaDon;:lble attorneyo' feeD ;:lnd
expenDeD incurred by the prevailing
~
10.i Duty to Continue Performance
19.i.1 Unleoo provided to the
contrary in the Contr;:lct Documento,
Deoign Builder oh;:lll continuc to
perform the Work and O',mer ohall
continue to oatiofy ita paymcnt
oblig;:ltiono to Deoign Builder,
pending the final reoolution of any
diopute or dioagreement bet',:een
Deoign Builder ;:lnd O'.:ner.
10.5 CONSEQUENTIAL DMI1'.CES
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
19.5.1 NOTI'IITIICTl'.NDING ANYTIIINC
I1EREIN TO TIlE CONTR.'\.RY (EXCEPT A8 GET
FORTII IN OECTION 10. S .2 BELOW) ,
NEITIIER DESICtl BUILDER NOR miNER
OIIALL BE LIABLE TO TIlE OTIIER FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL LOCSES OR DM'Il\CES,
WIIETIIER ARICING IN CONTR.~.CT ,
WARR.'\NTY, TORT (INCLUDINC
NEGLICE~lCE) , STRICT LIABILITY OR
OTIIERWICE, INCLUDING nUT NOT LHUTED
TO LOSCEO OF UCE, PROFITS, nUGINESS,
REPUTl\TION OR FINl\NCINC.
19.5.2 The conoequential damageD
limit;:ltion oct forth in Section
10.5.1 above io not intended to
;:lffect the payment of liquidated
d;:lm;:lgeo, if ;:lny, oct forth in l\rticle
S of the Agreement, ',:hich both
partieo recognize hao been
eotabliohed, in part, to reimburoe
Olffier for Dome damage 0 that might
other,:ioe be deemed to be
conoequenti:ll.
Article 11
Stop Work and Termination for Cause
11.1 Owner's Right to Stop Work
11.1.1 Owner may, without cause
and for its convenience, order
Design-Builder in writing to stop and
suspend the Work. Such suspension
shall not exceed sixty (60)
consecutive days or aggregate more
than ninety (90) days during the
duration of the Project.
11.1.2 Design-Builder is entitled
to seek an adjustment of the Contract
Price and/or Contract Time(s) if its
cost or time to perform the Work has
been adversely impacted by any
suspension of stoppage of work by
Owner.
11.2 Owner's Right to Perform and
Terminate for Cause
Page GC-22
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
~ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
11. 2.1 If Design-Builder
persistently fails to (i) provide a
sufficient number of skilled workers,
(ii) supply the materials required by
the Contract Documents, (iii) comply
with applicable Legal Requirements,
(iv) timely pay, without cause,
Design Consultants or Subcontractors,
(v) prosecute the Work with
promptness and diligence to ensure
that the Work is completed by the
Contract Time (s), as such times may
be adjusted, or (vi) perform material
obligations under the Contract
Documents, then Owner, in addition to
any other rights and remedies
provided in the Contract Documents or
by law, shall have the rights set
forth in Sections 11.2.2 and 11.2.3
below.
11.2.2 Upon the occurrence of an
event set forth in Section 11.2.1
above, Owner may provide written
notice to Design-Builder that it
intends to terminate the Agreement
unless the problem cited is cured, or
commenced to be cured, within seven
(7) days of Design-Builder's receipt
of such notice. If Design-Builder
fails to cure, or reasonably commence
to cure, such problem, then Owner may
give a second written notice to
Design-Builder of its intent to
terminate within seven (7) days.
11. 2.3 Upon declaring the
Agreement terminated pursuant to
Section 11.2.2 above, and lacking
corrective action by the Design-
Builder within the second seven (7)
day period, Owner may enter upon the
premises and take possession, for the
purpose of completing the Work, of
all materials, equipment, scaffolds,
tools, appliances and other items
thereon, which have been purchased or
provided for the performance of the
Work, all of which Design-Builder
hereby transfers, assigns and sets
over to Owner for such purpose, and
to employ any person or persons to
complete the Work and provide all of
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
tcrminLltc .,dthin Lln LldditionLlI ocvcn
(7) dLlY pcriod. If Dcoign Buildcr,
".dthin ouoh ocoond OC7cn (7) dLlY
pcriod, fLlilo to curc, or rCLloonably
oommcncc to curc, ouch problcm, thcn
O".:ncr m<J.Y deol<J.re the .~,greement
termina.ted for def<J.ul t by providing
.,.ritten notice to Deoign Builder of
ouoh decl<J.r<J.tion.
11.:2 . :2 Upon the oocurrence of <J.n
event oct forth in Section 11.2.1
<J.bo7e, O,mer ma.y pro',ide ..:ritten
notioe to Deoign Builder th<J.t it
intendo to terminate the ~greement
unleoo the problem cited io cured, or
oommenced to be cured, ".Jithin omren
(7) d<J.Yo of Deoign Builder' 0 receipt
of ouoh notioe. If Deoign Builder
f<J.ilo to cure, or re<J.oon<J.bly oommenoe
to cure, ouch problem, then O'.mer may
gi 7e a oecond Hri tten notice to
Deoign Builder of ito intent to
termina.te ',dthin a.n a.dditiona.l oe7en
(7) dLlY period. If Deoign Builder,
".:ithin ouch oeoond om"en (7) d<J.Y
period, fa.ilo to cure, or rea.oona.bly
oommence to cure, ouch problem, then
O'.mer IlUY decla.re the Agreement
terminated for def<J.ult by providing
".Jritten notioe to Deoign Builder of
ouch decl<J.r<J.tion.
the required labor, services,
materials, equipment and other items.
In the event of such termination,
Design-Builder shall not be entitled
to receive any further payments under
the Contract Documents until the Work
shall be finally completed in
accordance with the Contract
Documents. At such time, if the
unpaid balance of the Contract Price
exceeds the cost and expense incurred
by Owner in completing the Work, such
excess shall be paid by Owner to
Design-Builder. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, if the Agreement
establishes a Guaranteed Maximum
Price, Design-Builder will only be
Page GC-23
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard For.m of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
entitled to be paid for Work
performed prior to its default. If
Owner's cost and expense of
completing the Work exceeds the
unpaid balance of the Contract Price,
then Design-Builder shall be
obligated to pay the difference to
Owner. Such costs and expense shall
include not only the cost of
completing the Work, but also losses,
damages, costs and expense, including
attorneys' fees and expenses,
incurred by Owner in connection with
the reprocurement and defense of
claims arising from Design-Builder's
default, subject to the waiver of
consequential damages set forth in
Section 10.5 hereof.
11.2.4 If
terminates the
the termination
converted to
convenience in
provisions of
Agreement.
Owner improperly
Agreement for cause,
for cause will be
a termination for
accordance with the
Article 8 of the
11. 3 Design-Builder's Right to Stop
Work
11. 3.1 Design-Builder may, in
addition to any other rights afforded
under the Contract Documents or at
law, stop work for the following
reasons:
.1 O.mcr' 0 failure to pro7ide
financial aoourancco ao
required under Cection 3. 3
hereof, or
.2 Owner's failure to pay
amounts properly due under
Design-Builder's
Application for Payment.
11.3.2 Should any of the events
set forth in Section 11.3.1 above
occur, Design-Builder has the right
to provide Owner with written notice
that Design-Builder will stop work
unless said event is cured within
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
seven (7) days from Owner's receipt
of Design-Builder's notice. If Owner
does not cure the problem within such
seven (7) day period, Design-Builder
may stop work. In such case, Design-
Builder shall be entitled to make a
claim for adjustment to the Contract
Price and Contract Time(s) to the
extent it has been adversely impacted
by such stoppage.
11.4 Design-Builder's Right to
Terminate for Cause
11.4.1 Design-Builder, in addition
to any other rights and remedies
provided in the Contract Documents or
by law, may terminate the Agreement
for cause for the following reasons:
.1 The Work has been stopped
for sixty (60) consecutive
days, or more than ninety
(90) days during the
duration of the Project,
because of court order, any
government authority having
jurisdiction over the Work,
or orders by Owner under
Section 11.1.1 hereof,
provided that such
stoppages are not due to
the acts or omissions of
Design-Builder or anyone
for whose acts Design-
Builder may be responsible.
.2 Owner's failure to provide
Design-Builder with any
information, permits or
approvals that are Owner's
responsibility under the
Contract Documents which
result in the Work being
stopped for sixty (60)
consecutive days, or more
than ninety (90) days
during the duration of the
proj ect, even though Owner
has not ordered Design-
Builder in writing to stop
and suspend the Work
Page GC-24
pursuant to Section 11.1.1
hereof.
.3 Non-cure of 11.3.1.2, after
Design-Builder halts Work.
11.4.2 Upon the occurrence of an
event set forth in Section 11.4.1
above, Design-Builder may provide
written notice to Owner that it
intends to terminate the Agreement
unless the problem cited is cured, or
commenced to be cured, within seven
(7) days of Owner's receipt of such
notice. If Owner fails to cure, or
reasonably commence to cure, such
problem, then Design-Builder may give
a second written notice to Owner of
its intent to terminate within an
additional seven (7) day period. If
Owner, wi thin such second seven (7)
day period, fails to cure, or
reasonably commence to cure, such
problem, then Design-Builder may
declare the Agreement terminated for
default by providing written notice
to Owner of such declaration. In
such case, Design-Builder shall be
entitled to recover in the same
manner as if Owner had terminated the
Agreement for its convenience under
Article 8 of the Agreement.
11.4.3 Design-Builder shall not
terminate the Agreement without
providing the written notifications
as described in 11.4.2.
11.5 Bankruptcy of Owner or Design-
Builder
11.5.1 If either Owner or Design-
Builder institutes or has instituted
against it a case under the United
States Bankruptcy Code (such party
being referred to as the "Bankrupt
Party"), such event may impair or
frustrate the Bankrupt Party's
ability to perform its obligations
under the Contract Documents.
Accordingly, should such event occur:
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
aet forth in
nbove nfter
hna atopped
the problema
Cection 11. 3 . 1
Deoign Builder
the Work.
.1 The Bankrupt Party, its
trustee or other successor,
shall furnish, upon request
of the non-Bankrupt Party,
adequate assurance of the
ability of the Bankrupt
party to perform all future
material obligations under
the Contract Documents,
which assurances shall be
provided within ten (10)
days after receiving notice
of the request; and
.2 The Bankrupt Party shall
file an appropriate action
within the bankruptcy court
to seek assumption or
rejection of the Agreement
within sixty (60) days of
the institution of the
bankruptcy filing and shall
diligently prosecute such
action.
If the Bankrupt Party fails to comply
with its foregoing obligations, the
non-Bankrupt Party shall be entitled
to request the bankruptcy court to
reject the Agreement, declare the
Agreement terminated and pursue any
other recourse available to the non-
Bankrupt Party under this Article 11.
11. 5.2 The rights and remedies
under Section 11.5.1 above shall not
be deemed to limit the ability of the
non-Bankrupt Party to seek any other
rights and remedies provided by the
Contract Documents or by law,
including its ability to seek relief
from any automatic stays under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or the
right of Design-Builder to stop Work
under any applicable provision of
these General Conditions of Contract.
Page GC-25
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between Owner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
~ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Article 12
Miscellaneous
12.1 Assignment
12.1.1 Neither Design-Builder nor
Owner shall, without the written
consent of the other assign, transfer
or sublet any portion or part of the
Work or the obligations required by
the Contract Documents.
12.2 Successorship
12.2.1 Design-Builder and Owner
intend that the provisions of the
Contract Documents are binding upon
the parties, their employees, agents,
heirs, successors and assigns.
12.3 Governing Law
12.3.1
Contract
by the
Project,
conflict
The Agreement and all
Documents shall be governed
laws of the place of the
without giving effect to its
of law principles.
12.4 Severability
12.4.1 If any provision or any
part of a provision of the Contract
Documents shall be finally determined
to be superseded, invalid, illegal,
or otherwise unenforceable pursuant
to any applicable Legal Requirements,
such determination shall not impair
or otherwise affect the validity,
legality, or enforceability of the
remaining provision or parts of the
provision of the Contract Documents,
which shall remain in full force and
effect as if the unenforceable
provision or part were deleted.
12.5 No Waiver
12.5.1 The failure of either
Design-Builder or Owner to insist, in
anyone or more instances, on the
performance of any of the obligations
required by the other under the
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
Contract Documents
construed as
relinquishment
right with
performance.
shall
not
be
a waiver or
of such obligation or
respect to future
12.6 Headings
12.6.1 The headings used in these
General Conditions of Contract, or
any other Contract Document, are for
ease of reference only and shall not
in any way be construed to limit or
alter the meaning of any provision.
12.7 Notice
12.7.1 Whenever the Contract
Documents require that notice be
provided to the other party, notice
will be deemed to have been validly
given (i) if delivered in person to
the individual intended to receive
such notice, (ii) four (4) days after
being sent by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid to the address
indicated in the Agreement or (iii)
if transmitted by facsimile, by the
time stated in a machine generated
confirmation that notice was received
at the facsimile number of the
intended recipient.
12.8 Amendments
12.8.1 The Contract Documents may
not be changed, altered, or amended
in any way except in writing signed
by a duly authorized representative
of each party.
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Page Gc-26
GENERAL CONDITIONS
END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
DBIA Document No. 535 Standard Form of General Conditions
of Contract Between OWner and Design-Builder Fixed Fee RFP Number 07-087
@ 1998 Design-Build Institute of America
Page GC-27
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.00 PERMITTING/REVIEWS
A. Permitting by Design-Builder required through Augusta Richmond County
Licenses and Inspection Department
1815 Marvin Griffin Road
PO Box 9270
Augusta, GA 30906
Telephone # (706)312-5050
B. Design-Builder shall submit 50% and 100% Design Review submittals
(drawings and specifications) to Owner for review. Owner shall take up to 2
weeks to review and comment, providing written review comments.
1.01 BUilDING OPERATIONS
A. The Augusta Museum of History will maintain a normal operational schedule
during the Work. The Museum artifacts are very sensitive to adverse
environmental conditions such as temperature and humidity levels outside of
an acceptable range. Coqnizant of existinq deficiencies, this acceptable
range, which must be strived for 24/7, including during the Work, is:
Summer Conditions: 75 of db/50% max. relative humidity
Winter Conditions: 70 of db/50% min. relative humidity
Temperature and humidity shall be controlled +/- 50F
and +/- 10% year round and over 24 hour periods, as a qoal. durinq
renovation. Temperature and humidity shall be controlled +/- 50F
and +/- 10% year round and over 24 hour periods, at the completion of
renovations.
B. Buildinq Hours of Operation: Monday through Saturday 10AM to 5PM,
Sunday, 1 PM to 5PM.
C. Work hours can start as early as 7:30AM, Monday through Friday. If
additional hours are needed, the Contractor must coordinate with the Owner's
Rep.
D. The names and addresses of all of Contractor's employees and
Subcontractor's employees must be submitted to Owner in advance of
performing any Work at the jobsite. The Owner will screen them and reserves
the right to disallow any worker, at the time of screening or later, than is
deemed to be a security risk.
E. Fire Suppression Installation - Contractor shall notify Owner thirty (30) days
prior to beginning any work on the 1st floor of the Knox Foundation Center
(Annex) with installation of the fire suppression system. This will give the
Owner sufficient time to move all museum collectibles to safe area.
Page SC-l
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
F. Following Substantial Completion of the 1st floor Fire Suppression Installation,
Owner requires three (3) weeks notification prior to beginning work on the 2nd
floor of the Knox Foundation Center. This enables Owner to remove museum
collectibles from 2nd floor work area.
1.02 INTERRUPTION OF UTILITIES
A. Work shall be scheduled to avoid, as much as possible, interference with the normal
operation of the building(s). Outages, if required, shall be scheduled to maintain
restrictions described in Special Conditions Section 1.01.A. The Contractor shall give
written notice to the Owner at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of all dates
on which he wishes to interrupt power, phones, gas or water service for greater than
1 hour. Upon receipt of the request, the Owner will review the request and submit a
written response, identifying acceptable date(s) and time(s). The Contractor shall not
proceed with said work prior to receipt of Owner's written permission. In no case
shall the duration of each separate interruption exceed 4 hours.
8. Interruptions may normally be scheduled between Saturday after the hour of 5:00
p.m. and Monday before the hour of 10:00 a.m. Work at such times requires at least
three (3) calendar days advance written notice. The Owner is not obligated to
respond to these notifications, and lack of Owner's response to these weekend
requests shall be considered approval. Owner reserves the right, however, to
disallow such work under special circumstances.
C. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Owner at least three (3) calendar
days prior to any interruptions during normal building operation hours (between
10:00 a.m. Monday and 5:00 p.m. Saturday) that are expected to be of less than 1
hour duration. Upon receipt of the request, the Owner will review the request and
submit a written response, identifying acceptable date(s) and time(s). The Contractor
shall not proceed with said work prior to receipt of Owner's written permission.
D. The Contractor does not require the Owner's permission to interrupt utilities, in the
event of an emergency affecting the safety of property, health or life.
1.03 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY
A. The protection of Museum artifacts from physical contact, dust, moisture, etc. is of
paramount importance. Workers shall avoid Museum display areas and artifacts, to
the greatest extent practicable. Temporary protective barriers and negative
pressurization shall be used in Work areas to prevent the spread of dust, vapors, and
moisture to other Museum areas.
8. Contractors working on the drywall ceilings in the Knox Center shall have power drills
with vacuum capabilities to reduce/eliminate the spread of dust.
C. Protection of Roadways, Sidewalks, and Property Surfaces:
Page SC-2
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. The Contractor shall repair and clean roadway, sidewalk and property surfaces,
located within or outside constructions limits, free of dirt and mud where
caused by conveyance of construction and demolition materials, equipment
and personnel to and from the construction site. Contractor shall notify the
Owner for his review of a written schedule, by which the Contractor shall
perform corrective and clean-up work. Work shall be done at no additional
expense to the Owner.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to property and persons that
result from work inside and outside the construction limits. The Contractor shall
promptly correct damages that create health, safety or property danger.
3. The Contractor shall setup their temporary office and portable toilet in the grassy
area beside the Knox Center (Annex) chiller in the rear of the Augusta Museum
of History.
4. The Contractor shall not set any materials, equipment, supplies, etc. directly on
the ground. Contractor shall utilize dunnage in order to protect grassy areas on
the property.
1.04 TRASH DISPOSAL
A. The Contractor shall avoid trash accumulation and shall remove same from
the site at the close of each working day. Contractor shall supply and have
onsite a construction dumpster and arrange regular pick-ups.
B. Contractors shall cleanup work areas and site daily.
C. Burning of material on the site will not be permitted.
1.05 DRAWINGS
A. Except where dimensions are shown, the drawings are diagrammatic and
shall not be scaled. Exact location of fixtures, apparatus, and piping shall be
determined by dimensions on the site.
1.06 DEMOLITION
A. All materials indicated to be removed shall be disposed of off the Owner's
property, In accordance with all laws and regulations.
B. The generation of dust resulting from the Work shall be strictly controlled and
contained to prevent the spread of dust within the Museum.
C. Proposed procedures for the accomplishment of demolition work shall be
submitted in writing to the Owner for approval. Procedures shall provide for
safe conduct of the work, careful removal and disposition of materials,
Page SC-3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
protection of property which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with
other work in progress. Submittal shall include a detailed description of the
methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of
operations.
1.07 PROTECTION
A. Protection of personnel: Safety barricades shall be used where the safety of
pedestrians, building occupants and/or vehicle drivers are endangered by the
work area.
B. Contractor shall repair all damages to building finishes caused by the work
under this Contract. Contractor shall document, with photographs, all existing
damage to finishes, before commencing Work.
C. Contractor shall repair all damages to building finishes caused by the work
under this Contract. Contractor shall document, with photographs, all existing
damage to finishes, before commencing Work.
D. Contractors working on drywall ceilings/walls in the Museum shall have power
drills with vacuum capabilities as to reduce/eliminate the spread of dust.
1.08 VEHICLE PARKING REGULATIONS
A. Designated Parking Areas: The Contractor must park all vehicles in areas
designated by the Owner. The Contractor is responsible for transporting his
employees to and from the job site from off site staging areas.
1.09 STREET ADDRESS
A. For purposes of utility work, the street address of this project is:
560 Reynolds Street, Augusta, GA
1.10 SITE LIMITATIONS
A. Construction and staging are limited to the areas within the "Limits of Fenced
Construction Area" indicated on the drawings.
1.11 ACCESS TO SITE BY PERSONNEL OF OWNER
A. The Contractor agrees that mechanics, electricians, and maintenance
personnel of the Owner may enter onto the work areas during the progress of
the work for the purpose of inspecting work, maintaining existing facilities,
and for the purpose of taking emergency measures necessary to preserve life
and property. The Contractor shall have the right to exclude from the site any
mechanic or maintenance personnel who undertakes to enter without a hard
hat or who violates any of the safety regulations imposed by the U.S.
Page SC-4
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Department of Labor, OSHA, by the Contractor, by law, or by the State
Commissioner of Labor.
1.12 ACCESS TO BUILDING BY CONTRACTOR AND WORKERS
A. Contractors working on the first floor in the Rotunda area shall enter from the
Broad Street or Reynolds Street doors. Doors shall not be propped open.
B. Contractors working on the second floor shall enter through the loading dock
door. The freight elevator can be used. The hallway through the golf exhibit
shall be used to access the equipment rooms in the second floor Rotunda
area.
C. The Contractor must use the rear area of the building for deliveries. The front
entry can be used to transport supplies in and out of the Rotunda area, but
they must provide a person to open and secure the door. (It cannot be
propped open)
D. The Contractor will be responsible for securing all tools brought to the work
site.
1.13 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The Codes and Standards referred to are minimum standards. Where the
requirements of these specifications and the accompanying drawings exceed
those of the Codes and Standards, the drawings and specifications shall be
followed.
8. The following behavioral standards shall be followed by workers while on the
Museum premises:
1. No radios will be permitted
2. No profanity or yelling between contractor or sub-contractor personnel
3. No alcoholic beverages will be permitted
4. No smoking; if smoking outside, butts will be disposed in trash receptacles
5. Personnel must be clean at all times, no muddy boots
6. No clothing with objectionable pictures/slogans
7. No use of Museum's restrooms, kitchen or telephones
8. During guided tours, workers shall remain quiet for short periods of time while
tours are being given.
1.14 DOCUMENTS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT
A. The following documents required prior to final payment, shall be delivered by
the Contractor to the Owner, in the quantities indicated prior to final
inspection of work:
1. Non-Influence Affidavit, 4 copies
2. Statutory Affidavit, 4 copies
3. Written notice of readiness for final inspection
Page SC-5
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
4. Operating and Maintenance Data and Instructions
B. Submittals as required by Section 01700, Project Closeout.
1.15 TERMINOLOGY
A. The terms "Contractor," "Design-Builder," "D/B Contractor" or "Design-Build Contractor," as
used or set forth in the Contract Documents shall be understood to be one in the same and
interchangeable.
END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Page SC-6
DIVISION 1 -
GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
SUMMARY OF WORK - 01010
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Special Conditions and
other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
The boxed portion of Task 087-1 work
not included (already completed by Gold
Mech under separate Agreement).
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
Task: 07-087-1: Replace existing 90 ton Chiller with Owner I
provided new 90 ton Chiller:
Receive delivery of Chiller and assume responsibility for storage, and full installation
coordinating start up services and warranty that will be provided as part of the chiller purchase.
Remove and dispose of existing chiller. Provide all rigging and crane services (if required) for
removing old chiller and positioning new chiller. Coordinate with Owner in determining time and
duration needed for the temporary chiller. Furnish and install any additional piping required.
Complete electrical connection of new chiller. Re-insulate new piping and install metal jacket
where exposed. Assist chiller supplier (York) with chiller start-up, if needed. Flush existing lines
if needed.
Note the new chiller is specified as an 110F temperature difference (44/55) instead of original
design of 100F temperature difference to compensate for capacity reduction of 25-30% glycol
solution in chilled water without increasing total flow. D/B Contractor is free to modify this in his
final design, as 10nQ as summer temperature and humidity control performance criteria are
satisfied bv Desian-Builders modifications. In addition. the DesiQn-Builder must provide a
reliable means of preventinQ winter freezinQ damaQe to chiller durinQ a power outaQe.
Perform head calculation and select new chilled water pump for non-overloading service. Install
new pump piped parallel to the existing chilled water pump. The new pump will become the
lead pump in chiller operation. The existing pump will be maintained for backup service in the
event of lead pump failure. If the new pump HP can be served by the existing electrical service,
provide a transfer switch to allow power service to either pump, otherwise provide a new
electrical circuit for the new pump.
Drain existing unknown concentration of glycol solution from chilled water system, flush clean
and fill with 25% to 30% new commercially prepared glycol solution with inhibitors intended for
chilled water service, equal to DOWTHERM-S1, or approved alternative. Provide additional
water treatment as required for closed chilled water system. Dispose of existing glycol, if
present, in approved manner acceptable to local codes and EPA guidelines. If existing chilled
water in piping is found to be free of fouling and contamination it may be used temporarily with
the addition of water treatment for service with the new chiller until seasonal temperatures will
allow shutdown for full drain and flush of the chilled water system.
Task: 07-087-2: Replace or Repair Vent Caps on East End of Roof and Seal High Wall
Louvers: There are three decorative chimneys at the east peak of the roof. Details of this
feature can be seen on the original architectural drawing sheet A-15. Rain appears to be
intruding into the building due to a gap between the gas flue and the exterior decorative
chimney. This also appears to be happening in the two other chimney openings, one of which is
used for a plumbing vent. The Contractor is assigned the responsibility of designing a
modification to this roof vent that is visually and architecturally acceptable and will stop the rain
Page 01010-1
SUMMARY OF WORK - 01010
intrusion into the building. There will be no roof work with this item unless the Desiqn-Builder
causes damaqe thereto. The proposed design will be presented at the 50% submittal and will be
revised as necessary till acceptable to the Owner.
Combined with this task is the requirement to seal over and insulate, from the inside, four large
open louvers located on the high exterior west wall of the main museum approximately 30 feet
above the museum first floor. Insulation cover shall match wall insulation of R=10 and shall be
painted to match surrounding finish on inside. Ventilation calculations and air balance with
exhaust air should be reviewed to determine if a small relief damper with control actuator and
additional controls should be included in one of these louvers in order to relieve building
pressure and allow required outside ventilation air to enter the AHU's. The Owner will move any
portion of the northwest exhibit to allow access for scaffoldinq to perform this work.
Task: 07-087-3: Add AHU Humidifiers for Winter Humidity Control: As part of this task and
Task 07-087-06 (test and balance) the D/B Contractor shall perform a detailed load calculations
of existing spaces for heating, cooling, humidity and ventilation requirements. See section
15000 in the Project Manual for more detail. The intent is that air and water will be rebalanced
based on actual space usage and occupancy as used today as opposed to original design
assumptions. The capacities and quantities of the humidifiers shall be derived from these
humidity load calculations. Humidifiers shall be installed in the ductwork downstream of the
selected air handlers. It is suggested that outside ventilation be controlled to minimize energy
use at night time and other periods of no or very low occupancy.
Contractor is free to use gas or electric humidifiers. Gas humidifiers may be best applied at
AHU-3 which will have the largest load, a nearby gas boiler and gas supply (verify capacity is
adequate) and available opportunity to vent through an available open chimney vent cap directly
above. Gas will be more difficult to apply for other AHU's which do not have readily available
gas service or combustion air makeup, and will be difficult to properly vent due to roof, wall and
outside air intake constrains. Penetrations of the standing seam metal roof will not be allowed.
Any sidewall vents must meet approval in appearance by Owner and cannot detract
architecturally from the building appearance.
Electrical humidifiers will be more easily applied for the smaller air handlers. However, the
existing electrical service for the building is extremely limited. A preliminary review indicates
only about 30 kW of remaining capacity available in the existing main panel. If loads from new,
approved humidification svstems. in accordance with reauired desian criteria, add maior
load to the electrical system, as determined by calculations performed by the Desiqn-Builder's
electrical enqineer, a major renovation of the electrical main service entrance may be necessary
if existina main panel capacity is exceeded (allowina for a spare capacity for future
Museum loads. consistent with aood enaineerina practice) with the likely 'addition of
conductors and conduit from the Georgia Power Co. vault on Reynolds Street. See Electrical
Narrative 16000 in the Project Manual for more discussion and alternatives.
Humidifier quality level is specified in 15000. Humidifiers shall be coordinated and integrated
with the building automation system (BAS) work defined with Task 07-087-04. Each
temperature control zone shall be provided with a humidity sensor with minimum humidity levels
in priority areas dictating operation of the humidifiers. Summer humidity shall be controlled by
lowering air temperature in response to high humidity reading, and if needed lowering chilled
water temperatures to achieve required air temperatures.
Load calculations of existinq spaces for heatinq, coolinq, humidity and ventilation requirements
shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative, for review/approval. at the scheduled 50%
and 100% desiqn submittals. Electrical load calculations shall also be submitted at the 50% and
Page 01010-2
SUMMARY OF WORK - 01010
100% desiQn submittals. to verifv that electrical service entrance meets Code and Contract
requirements.
Task: 07-087-4: Replace Existing HVAC Controls with new Building Automation System
(BAS)Direct Digital Controls: Project Manual section 17000 defines county standards for BAS
and points requirement for each Air Handler, chiller, boiler and other mechanical equipment.
Additionally this task adds integrated lighting control for the building and parking areas under
building control. The Museum is not now on the county intranet, however this system will give
the capability of connecting to the county intranet. The system shall be the same web-based
platform that exists in County-standard Siemens Apoqee interface to the Museum's local
network. This work includes all necessary software and hardware to allow full access to the new
BAS system graphics for monitoring and control via a web server panel included as part of this
BAS.
The Annex building, occupied in 2002, is already equipped with a BAS which is locked in a
secured area and not accessible outside of its room. This task includes the necessary work by
Johnson Controls to modify, program and connect their Metasys wall panel in this area with a
new IP network connection, to be provided by the Museum's IT service company and
coordinated by the Design-Build Contractor. This work, included in this Contract shall allow the
Johnson Metasys Annex Building system to be accessed via a graphic interface by any
computer on the museum network. This work would be eliminated and credited towards
Alternate #2 (Task 07-087-12) if Alternate #2 is taken.
Task: 07-087-5: Replace Existing HVAC Coil Isolation Valves and Flow Balance Stations:
Repklce existing hot water coil isolation valvee with new ball valves. Replace existing flow
measuring stations with nO'.... "circuit setter" type flow measuring etations. Provide new flow
measurina stations at hot water colis that do not have them. or where existina flow
measurina stations are found to be inoperable. Replace chilled water coil isolation ','alves
and chiller isolation valves with new disk or ball valvee, depending on size. Replace control
valves for hot and chilled water coils. Replacement of control valves for chilled and hot
water coils is required by. and must be fully compatible with DOC controls under Task
07-087-04 above. See requirements in 15000. Provide new flow balancing stations at each
chilled water coil. Flow measurina functionality may be supplied interarallv with control
valves. Provide isolation valves for anv hot water or chilled water coil that does not
currentlv have one. or where existina isolation valve is not functional.
Task: 07-087-6: Full Test and Balance on Air and Water Systems: Prior to any test and
balance a detailed set of load calculation shall be performed for each room of the original
Museum building. See 15000 for more detail. The intent is to balance the air and water flow to
the existing load and occupancy conditions in use today. There is no intent to add or modify air
distribution ductwork or piping. Based on the load calculations a single line representation of
the existing ductwork shall be presented with required air flows in each space, rolled back to
total air required at the air handler. If more air exists than is required, AHU air may be reduced
down to a limit of 80% design. If more air is required than can be developed by the air handlers
with drive adjustments, or coil capacity, the required air shall be proportionally ratioed across
the distribution.
Provide similar diagrams and valves for chilled water and hot water coils and rebalance water
flow accordingly. A full test and balance report showing calculated design values and final
balanced values shall be submitted to the Owner at Commissioning stage and at the end of the
project.
Task: 07-087-7: Replace Mold Contaminated Duct Insulation in AHU-3 Mechanical Room:
After completion of Task 07-087-2 (Replace or Repair Vent Caps) and all water leakage is
Page 01010-3
SUMMARY OF WORK - 01010
stopped this work can begin. The Owner will survey and mark all ductwork in the area visibly
contaminated in this area with mold. Any other materials visibly contaminated with mold but not
readily visible, such as wall board should also be marked and reported Qy Owner. All
contaminated materials shall be removed and replaced with new product of equal qualitv.
thickness and finish to match existinq, up to Desiqn-Builder's documented allowance for such
Work.
Task: 07-087-8: Commission New Equipment, Test and Balance and BAS controls: After
completion of new equipment installation, test and balance and controls work, provide
assistance to independent Commissioning Agent to be hired separately by the Owner to fully
commission new equipment and controls work. See 15000 section on Commissioning for
additional detail and Design-Build Contractor requirements.
Task: 07-087-9: Add TV/o Fan Powered 'fA 'I Terminal Units Heat to Perimeter Offices: Two
offices one on the north side and one on the south side suffer from temperature control in
extreme winter :md summer months because they share temperature control zones with interior
spaces. Additional electric resistance heat (hot water heat at Design-Build Contractor option)
will supplomont '""intor hooting along .....ith p:.uClllol fun oporation. /\djl:lst air bal:lnoo in othor
intorior zones by p:lrti::llly restricting flow to compons::Ito for tho :ldditional pressure drop on
torminal box air valvo, which will rogulato air flow for summor cooling satisfuction. Thoso
terminal units shall bo fully intograted with tho now 8/\8 oontrol system :lnd :lddition:ll room
tomporatura sonsors providod for this zono. be HSed provided to supplement winter heat and
thereby correct this problem.
Task: 07-087-10: AHU-5 Room - Relocate Ductwork at Rear of AHU to Allow Access to
West Side of Unit: Design-Build Contractor shall rework duct arrangement to allow easier
access to filter, coil and motor maintenance on the west side of the AHU. Cutting surrounding
walls or providing additional doorways are not allowed by Owner. Present a proposed solution
at 50% submittal for review and discussion. Suggest looking at modifying return and outside air
ductwork which now connects to rear of AHU. The mixing dampers connecting outside air and
return could be done with ductwork and actuated damper connections overhead and connected
to AHUat top rear of unit. This will open enough clearance at rear of unit to eAAeF directly
access the west side. or :lccess with a walk ovor bdder.
Task: 07-087-11: Alternate 111 - Install Fire Sprinklers in the Annex Building: If budgot
aIIews This task will fully sprinkle the Annex building. See drawings and Project Manual section
13930 for more details. The existing fire service entrance for the Museum building may be
used for connection. Since the Museum and Annex combined exceed 52,000 SF limit for a
single fire control valve a second valve will be added after backflow prevention valves. New
sprinkler main will be routed from the existing sprinkler riser closet in the Museum through the
bulkhead in the connecting bridge and to the first and second floor of the Annex. A significant
portion of the first floor of the Annex and most of the second floor is gyp bosrd ceiling. The
Design-Build Contractor shall attempt to minimize demolition of this ceiling to keep costs down.
It is suggested that the second floor truss space in the attic be used to minimize repairs to the
ceiling. Cost of ceiling repair and painting is included in the scope of this task. Ceiling color and
finish shall match existing. The Owner will remove Museum artifacts and equipment from the
work areas, such that one level of the Annex is empty and available at a time.
Task: 07-087-12: Alternate #2 - Completely Replace Annex "Metasys" BAS with New
County Standard Siemens BAS and Fully Integrate Into Museum BAS: This Alternate would
eliminate the requirement under Task 07-087-4 to modify the existing Johnson Control
"Metasys" system for local network access. This task would completely replace the Metasys
system down to the device level, re-using only the compatible devices. New graphics, control
Page 01010-4
SUMMARY OF WORK - 01010
sequences and programming would be provided to match existing Metasys functions along with
full integration with Museum BAS.
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS:
Chiller: See Appendix G for RFP for separately purchased 90 ton chiller.
Commissioning: An independent Commissioning Agent will be hired by Owner for
Commissioning this work. See Project Manual in Appendix D, section 15000; Commissioning
for additional details and Design-Build Contractors responsibility in this process.
DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES:
Design-Build Contractor's use of the site will generally be limited to the construction laydown
and staging areas as indicated on the drawings, or, if not indicated, as approved by the Owner.
Areas used shall not conflict with Owner's operations.
OWNER OCCUPANCY:
The building will remain occupied and in use during the execution of the work. Restrictions on
certain types of work will be enforced, as described in Special Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED -SEE TECHNICAL SPECS).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED - SEE TECHNICAL SPECS).
END OF SECTION 01010
Page OlOlO~5
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT - 01027
SECTION 01027 -APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 . GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Special Conditions and
other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor's
Construction Schedule, List of Subcontracts, and Submittal Schedule.
The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are included in Section
"Submittals" .
SCHEDULE OF VALUES:
Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and
forms, including:
Contractor's construction schedule.
Application for Payment form.
List of subcontractors.
Schedule of alternates.
List of products.
List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
Schedule of submittals.
Submit the Schedule of Values to the Owner at the earliest feasible date, but in no case later
than 14 days after the date of the "Notice to Proceed".
Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the
format for the Schedule of Values.
Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
Project name and location.
Name of the Design Consultant.
Project number.
Contractor's name and address.
Date of submittal.
Page 01027-1
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT - 01027
Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following
for each item listed:
Generic name.
Dollar value.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
Applications for Payment and progress reports. Break principal subcontract amounts down into
several line items.
Round amounts off to the nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum.
For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or
equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line items
on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of
completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
MarQins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to the
extent that such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the
Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete including its total cost and
proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin.
At the Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost
of actual work-in-place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or
distributed as general overhead expense.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT:
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
paid for by the Owner.
The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the General
Conditions. The period of construction Work covered by each Application or Payment is the
period indicated in the General Conditions.
Payment Application Forms: Use form as approved and/or furnished by the Owner.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and execution
by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. Incomplete applications
will be returned without action.
Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
Use updated schedules if revisions have been made.
Include amounts of Change Orders issued prior to the last day of the construction period
covered by the application.
Page 01027-2
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT - 01027
Transmittal: Submit 4 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the Owner by means
ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and
similar attachments, when required.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following:
List of subcontractors.
List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
Schedule of Values.
Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
Copies of building permits.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect any
Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of
designated portions of the Work.
Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this application include:
Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
Final cleaning.
List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Certificate of Substantial
Completion.
Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or
coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following:
Completion of Project closeout requirements.
Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled.
Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay.
Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner.
Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
Approval of Surety for release of retainage.
Removal of temporary facilities and services.
Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01027
Page 01027-3
ALTERNATES - 01030
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates.
Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for
certain construction activities defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or
deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in
either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment,
systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents.
Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to
ensure that Work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the
project.
Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare and distribute to each
party involved, notification of the status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have
been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete
description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.
Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods
necessary to achieve the Work described under each Alternate.
Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the
Alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES:
Alternate NO.1: Work under Alternate number 1 consists of installation of new fire protection
systemsin the Annex Building, as described in Section 13930. Work under Alternate NO.1
includes:
. All associated electrical work
. All associated interface with existing fire alarm system
. Repairs and replacement of all damaged, existing drywall ceilings, to "like new"
condition, including replacement metal stud framing, suspension systems, etc., as
designed by licensed architect. Finishing with joint compounds shall be at least a 3-
coat process. Work shall be executed in such a manner to prevent dust migration to
adjoining areas of the Museum.
Page 01030-1
ALTERNATES - 01030
Alternate No.2: Work under Alternate Number 2 shall consist of replacement of the existing
Johnson Metasys control system in the Annex building with a Siemens system down to each
controlled device, as described in the RFP and Technical specifications. Provide full integration
of all existing points on the Annex system and provide graphic interface for those points.
END OF SECTION 01030
Page 01030-2
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 01035
SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Special Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.
SUMMARY:
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
Division 1 Section "Application for Pavment" for administrative procedures governing
applications for payment.
Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions" for administrative procedures for handling
requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK:
Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving an adjustment
to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, will be issued on the Design Consultant's Document
Clarification form, with copy supplied within 24 hours to Owner's Rep.
CHANGE PROPOSAL REQUESTS:
Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment
to the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be issued on a Change Proposal form provided by the
Owner, with a detailed description of the proposed change and supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications, if necessary.
Proposal requests issued are for information only. Do not consider them instruction
either to stop work in progress, or to execute the proposed change.
Unless otherwise indicated in the proposal request, within 20 days of receipt of the
proposal request, submit to the Owner an estimate of cost necessary to execute the
proposed change.
Prepare in accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions. Submit on the form
furnished by the Owner a breakdown of quantities of labor and materials to be
purchased and unit costs, along with the total amount of purchases to be made.
Breakdown shall include a similar breakdown of work proposed by each subcontractor.
Page 01035-1
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES - 01035
Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will have on the
Contract Time. No future consideration for time extension relatinq to this chanqe will be
entertained after acceptance bv the Owner.
Contractor-Initiated Chanqe Proposal Requests: When latent or other unforeseen conditions
require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a
Change Order Request (COR) on form furnished by the Owner.
Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on
the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect
of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time.
Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the proposed change in
the Work requires the substitution of one product or system for a product or system
specified.
After receipt of the above information from the Contractor, the Owner, with assistance
from the Program Manager, will evaluate the request and if necessary will prepare and
issue a Change Order as specified above.
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE:
Construction Chanqe Directive: When the Owner and Contractor are not in total agreement on
the terms of a Change. Proposal or Change Order Request, the Owner may issue a
Construction Change Directive, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,
for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
The Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the change in
the Work and designate the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract
Sum or Contract Time.
Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required
by the Construction Change Directive.
After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES:
Upon approval of the Change Proposal, the Owner will issue a Change Order for the signature
of the Contractor, as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01035
Page 01035-2
CUTTING AND PATCHING - 01045
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
Refer to Special Conditions for limitations imposed by ongoing, operational constraints.
Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching individual parts of the Work.
Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to
Division-15 and Division-16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations.
SUBMITTALS:
Cuttino and PatchinQ Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is
required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the
time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the
following information, as applicable, in the proposal:
Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why
it cannot be avoided.
Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance
and other significant visual elements.
List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work.
Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed.
Describe measures that will be taken to minimize dust and other negative impacts on the
Museum's operations and artifacts.
List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that
will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.
Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original
structure.
Approval by the Owner to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the
Owner's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work
found to be unsatisfactory.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that
would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
Obtain approval ofthe cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following
structural elements:
Foundation construction.
Bearing ahd retaining walls.
Structural concrete.
Structural steel.
Lintels.
Structural decking.
Stair systems.
Miscellaneous structural metals.
Page 01045-1
CUTTING AND PATCHING - 01045
Equipment supports.
Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment.
Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related
components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or
result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety.
Do not cut existing materials without an approved dust mitigation plan.
Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following
operating elements or safety related systems:
Primary operational systems and equipment.
Air or smoke barriers.
Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
Membranes and flashing.
Fire protection systems.
Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
Control systems.
Communication systems.
Conveying systems.
Electricalwiring systems.
Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied
spaces, in a manner that would, in the Design Consultant's opinion, reduce the Project's
aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace
Work cut and patched in a visually satisfactory manner.
Engage only recognized, experienced and specialized firms.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or
cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing
adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose
installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSPECTION:
Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under
which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if
unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered.
Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, induding
mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict.
Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
PREPARATION:
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
PERFORMANCE:
General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
Page 01045-2
CUTTING AND PATCHING - 01045
Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other
construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to
their original condition.
CuttinQ: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained
or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original
installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations.
In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with
minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Use approved dust mitigation techniques.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into
concealed surfaces.
Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or
diamond core drill.
Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Oivision-2 where cutting and patching
requires excavating and backfilling.
By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting.
PatchinQ: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances.
Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation.
Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining
construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
CLEANING:
Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access.
Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean
piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore
damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
END OF SECTION 01045
Page 01045-3
PROJECT MEETINGS - 01200
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including
but not limited to:
Pre-Construction Conference.
Pre-Installation COhferences.
Coordination Meetings.
Progress Meetings.
Construction schedules are specified in another Division-1 Section.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE:
A pre-construction conference and organizational meeting will be scheduled at the Project site
or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to
commencement of construction activities. The Owner will review the responsibilities of the
various entities, personnel assignments, policies and procedures to be used during
construction.
Attendees: The Owner, Museum personnel, Design Consultant and their consultants, the
Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other
concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
Aqenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as:
Tentative construction schedule.
Critical Work sequencing.
Designation of responsible personnel.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
Distribution of Contract Documents.
Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
Preparation of record documents.
Use of the premises.
Office, Work and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
Safety procedures.
First aid.
Security.
Housekeeping.
Page 01200-1
PROJECT MEETINGS - 01200
Working hours.
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES:
Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires
coordination with other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and
fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with
other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting.
Advise the Design Consultant of scheduled meeting dates. .
Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference,
along with the approved schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone
concerned, promptly, including the Owner and Design Consultant.
Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever
actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene
the conference at the earliest feasible date.
COORDINATION MEETINGS:
Conduct Proiect coordination meetinQs at regularly scheduled times, on a weekly basis,
convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific
meetings held for other purposes, such as regular progress meetings.
Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or
planning for the construction activities involved.
The Owner shall record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to
others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
MONTHLY PROGRESS MEETINGS:
Monthly ProQress meetinQs will be held at the Project site once a month. Dates of meetings will
be coordinated with preparation of the payment request.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner, Design Consultant, Museum and each
subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,
coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by
persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress.
Monthly AQenda: Review and correction of minutes of the previous progress meeting and
interim coordination meetings will be included. Review other items of significance that could
affect progress. Topics for discussion will be included as appropriate to the current status of the
Project.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule,
whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind
schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so.
Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent
activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as:
Page 01200-2
PROJECT MEETINGS - 01200
Interface requirements.
Time.
Sequences.
Deliveries.
Off-site fabrication problems.
Access.
Site utilization.
Temporary facilities and services.
Change Orders.
Documentation of information for payment requests.
ReportinQ: Owner will keep minutes and distribute copies to each party present at the meetings
and to other interested parties.
Schedule UpdatinQ: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where
revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule
concurrently with the report of each meeting.
END OF SECTION 01200
Page 01200-3
SUBMITTALS - 01300
SECTION 01300. SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Secial Conditions and other
Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for
performance of the Work, including:
Contractor's construction schedule, submit to Owner.
Submittal schedule, submit to Owner.
Shop Drawings, submit to DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner.
Product Data, submit to DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner.
Samples, submit to DESIGN CONSULTANT.
Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division-1 Sections and other Contract Documents
for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to:
Permits, submit to Owner.
Applications for payment, submit to Owner.
Performance and payment bonds, submit to Owner.
Insurance certificates, submit to Owner.
List of Subcontractors, submit to Owner.
The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for Payment."
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related
construction activities to avoid delay.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work
so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
The Design Consultant reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
Processinq: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the
time required to process submittals, including time for re-submittals.
Page 01300-1
SUBMITTALS - 01300
Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be
delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Design
Consultant will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being
processed must be delayed for coordination.
If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial
submittal.
Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop
Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken.
Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken.
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of DESIGN CONSULTANT.
Name and address of Contractor.
Name and address of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacturer.
Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
Submittal Transmittal: Package submittals appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit
with DESIGN CONSULTANT'S transmittal form only (sample of form included herein).
Submittals received without proper transmittal form or from other than the Contractor will be
returned without action.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:
CPM Schedule: See Section 01315 for construction schedule requirements.
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE:
After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction schedule, prepare a
complete schedule of submittals on form provided by Owner. Submit to the Owner the
completed schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's
construction schedule.
Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts, schedule of values and the
list of products as well as the Contractor's construction schedule.
Prepare the schedule in chronological order; include submittals required during the first
90 days of construction.
Page 01300-2
SUBMITTALS - 01300
Distribution: Following approval by the Owner of the initial submittal, the Owner will print and
distribute copies to the DESIGN CONSULTANT and Contractor. The Contractor shall distribute
copies to subcontractors and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated.
Post copies in the Project meeting room and field office.
Schedule Updatinq; The Contractor will continuously update the schedule after initial submittal
and approval. Contractor will immediately notify the Owner of any revisions required due to
changes in the work or construction schedule. Updated schedule will be distributed each month
concurrently with the Monthly Progress Meeting.
SUBMITTALS - GENERAL:
Submittal of shop drawings, product data and samples with their related approvals are required
prior to final ordering of materials. The DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner's review of these
submittals shall allow for the opportunity to make changes, correct conflicts, etc. without impact
on the schedule or cost. If materials have been ordered prior to approval of specified submittals
and changes are required, which if made prior to the ordering would not have affected the
schedule or the cost, the Contractor shall be required to make such changes at no cost to the
Owner and without extension of the time of completion.
Prior to transmission of submittals to the DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner, the Contractor
shall carefully review the submittal for accuracy, compliance with contract documents, additional
data required, etc. Submittal will be returned for resubmittal if Contractor has not signed-off his
approval.
Submit shop drawings and product data to the DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner. Submit
samples to DESIGN CONSULTANT only.
SHOP DRAWINGS:
Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise
indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or
copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawinqs. Standard information prepared
without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings.
Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, details showing the affect on
and/or the integration of adjacent construction, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates
and similar drawings. Include the following information:
Dimensions.
Identification of products and materials included.
Compliance with specified standards.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 30" x 40".
Submittal: Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and two blue- or black-
line print for the Design Consultant's review; the reproducible print will be returned.
Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in
connection with construction.
Page 01300-3
SUBMITTALS - 01300
PRODUCT DATA:
Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product
Data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts,
standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and
performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed
data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings."
Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data
includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies
to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
Notation of coordination requirements.
Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents has been confirmed.
Submittals:
For Review Onlv - No Approval Required: Submit 2 copies, 3 copies if
Consultant review is required. No copies will be returned. Where required for
Maintenance Manuals, Contractor will retain 3 similar copies for inclusion on the
manuals.
For Approval: Submit 5 copies, 6 copies if Consultant review is required. 3
copies will be returned marked with action taken and corrections or modifications
required. Where required for Maintenance Manuals, Contractor will revise if
required and retain 3 copies for inclusion in the manuals.
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers,
manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of construction activities. Show
distribution on transmittal forms.
Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data
applicable is in the installer's possession.
Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with
construction.
SAMPLES:
Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical
with the material or product proposed. Samples include mockups, partial sections of
manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and
swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities
indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Design Consultant's Sample. Include the following:
Page 01300-4
SUBMITTALS - 01300
Generic description of the Sample.
Sample source.
Product name or name of manufacturer.
Compliance with recognized standards.
Availability and delivery time.
Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these
characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics
between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.
Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in
the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that
show approximate limits of the variations.
Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate
workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections,
operations and similar construction characteristics.
Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for
incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use.
On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample
submittals.
Preliminary submittals: Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture or
similar characteristics from a range of standard choices, submit a full set of choices for
the material or product.
Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Design
Consultant's mark indicating selection and other action.
Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operations and similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will
be returned marked with the action taken.
Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons
throughout the course of construction.
Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal.
Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction
associated with each set.
Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,
manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the
Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
Field Samples or Mockups specified in individual Sections are special types of Samples. Field
Samples are full-size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials
and to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
Page 01300-5
SUBMITTALS - 01300
Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal
forms to provide a record of activity.
DESIGN CONSULTANT'S ACTION:
Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is
required, the Design Consultant will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and
forward simultaneously to Contractor and to Owner. Compliance with specified characteristics
is the Contractor's responsibility.
DESIGN CONSULTANT and Owner's review is for general conformance with the design
concept and Contract Documents. If any deviations from the Contract Documents are included
herein, such deviations shall be presumed by the Contractor as not havinq been reviewed by
the Desiqn Consultants. except where specific emphatic attention is called to the chanqe as a
deviation. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from
compliance with the project plans and specifications. The Contractor remains responsible for
details and accuracy, for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting
fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly, and for performing his work in a safe
manner.
Action Stamp: The DESIGN CONSULTANT will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-
explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked to indicate the action taken.
Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special
processing or other activity, the submittal will not be returned.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01300
Page 01300-6
CPM SCHEDULES AND REPORTS - 01315
SECTION 01315 - CPM SCHEDULES AND REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
General: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for the critical path
method (CPM and Bar Chart Method) of scheduling and reporting progress of the Work.
Refer to General Conditions and the Agreement, for definitions and specific dates of
Contract Time. It will be the decision of Owner to which form of scheduling will be
permissible for each project. This will be designated at the pre-bid conference.
DEFINITIONS:
Critical path method (CPM) is a construction scheduling technique using network analysis
diagrams to plan and organize construction activities in an orderly manner along the critical
path.
Bar Chart: A construction scheduling technique using horizontal lines, or bars, plotted along a
daily time scale.
Network: A network diagram is a graphic representation showing the relationship of activities
and events in the correct sequences required to complete the Project within the Contract Time.
Activity: An activity is any single identifiable step in the Project. It depends upon and cannot
begin until completion of all preceding activities.
Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest
start date, or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date of a chain of activities on
the CPM Schedule.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Consultant: Retain a Consultant to provide CPM or Bar Chart scheduling services, including
planning, evaluating and reporting.
The Consultant shall be a recognized specialist, acceptable to the Design Consultant, who is
expert in the critical path methods (CPM or Bar Chart methods) of scheduling and reporting.
The Consultant shall have computer facilities available that are capable of delivering detailed
network diagrams within 48 hours of request.
Standards: Comply with procedures contained in "CPM in Construction - A Manual for
General Contractors" published by The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.
Comply with procedures contained within this specification pertaining to bar charts.
SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS:
Within fifteen (15) calendar days following Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the
Owner, for review and comment, a CPM Schedule in precedence form for his
construction/erection work scope. The form of submittal of the contract scheduling documents,
including logic diagrams, is as follows:
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner two (2) copies of his proposed Contract Activities and
a computer disk containing the schedule data files. The Contractor shall develop his schedule
using the Primavera or PMS-80 scheduling system (Primavera is preferred). The schedule shall
consist of a network diagram with activity descriptions and duration's and supporting data which
will explain the Contractor's planning of the work.
Page 01315-1
CPM SCHEDULES AND REPORTS - 01315
CPM SCHEDULE:
The CPM Schedule shall include:
The order and interdependencies of the Contractor's activities and the major points of the
interface or interrelation with the activities of others, including Specific Dates for completion.
Conformance with and identification of the Specific Dates specified in the Contract Documents.
The description and quantity of work by activity.
Off site activities: The time required for engineering, preparation and approval of shop
drawings, manufacturing and delivery of Contractor-furnished permanent plan materials,
especially long lead items.
Delivery of Owner-furnished material and equipment.
Shop fabrication and delivery.
Critical Path (orPaths).
Testing of equipment and materials.
The CPM Schedule shall provide a complete and detailed sequence of operations of the Work
within the time limits specified in the Contract.
The identity and duration of all activities to be included in this CPM Schedule shall meet the
following criteria:
Activity descriptions Shall be clear and concise. The beginning and end of each activity shall be
readily verifiable.
Responsibility for each activity shall be identified with a single performing organization.
The identity of any potential problems of constraints related to the implementation of the overall
construction plan.
The level of detail of the CPM Schedule shall be such that no activity shall have a duration
longer than fourteen (14) calendar days, except for procurement and General Conditions
Activities or except at the discretion of the Design Consultant.
The CPM Schedule shall indicate an early completion date for the project that is not later than
the project's required completion date. All activity durations shall be given in calendar days.
The CPM Schedule shall also indicate each of the following:
Interfaces with the work of outside contractors, e.g., utilities, power, and with any separate
contractor.
Description of activity including activity number/numbers.
Estimated duration time for each activity.
Early start date for each activity.
Late start date for each activity.
Early finish date for each activity.
Late finish date for each activity.
Float available for each path of activities containing float.
Actual start date for each activity begun.
Actual finish date for each activity completed.
Identification of all Critical Path activities in the mathematical analysis.
The Critical Path for the project, with said path of activities being clearly and easily recognizable
on the time-scaled CPM Schedule Diagram. The relationship between all non-critical activities
and activities on the Critical Path shall be clearly shown on the CPM Schedule Diagram.
The percentage complete of each activity in progress or completed.
It is to be expressly understood and agreed by the Contractor that the Schedule is an estimate
to be revised from time to time as progress proceeds, and that the Owner does not guarantee
that Contractor can start work activities on the "early start" or "late start" dates or complete work
activities on the "early finish" or "late finish" date shown in the Schedule, or as same may be
updated or revised; nor does the Owner or Design Consultant guarantee that Contractor can
proceed at all times in the sequence established by said Schedule. If Contractor's Schedule
Page 01315-2
CPM SCHEDULES AND REPORTS - 01315
indicates that Owner or a separate contractor is to perform an activity by a specific date, or
within a certain duration, Owner or any separate contractor under contract with Owner shall
not be bound to said date or duration unless Owner expressly and specifically agrees in writing
to same; the Owner's, the Design Consultant's overall review and approval or acceptance of the
Schedule does not constitute an agreement to specific dates, durations, or sequences for
activities of the Owner or any separate contractor.
Schedule of Values: The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values (using the breakdown of
the computer listing of activities) for acceptance by the Owner. The Schedule of Values will
allocate a dollar value (cost) for each activity of the CPM Schedule.
The Sum of all activity costs shall be equal to the total Contract Sum. Each activity cost shall be
coded with a cost code corresponding to the subcontractor responsible for performing the Work
so that subtotals for each division of the Work can be prepared.
The accepted Schedule of Values shall represent a fair, reasonable, and equitable dollar (cost)
allocation for each activity on the CPM Schedule.
Processinq: Enter prepared data on the processing system. Process data to produce output
data or a computer-drawn time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences,
and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the best possible CPM construction schedule
within the limitations of Contract Time.
Format: Display the full network on a single sheet of sufficient width to show data clearly for the
entire construction period.
Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near the center of the network; locate paths with
the most float near the edges.
Sub networks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.
Submittal and Distribution: Submit the initial issue of the tabulations and network for
acceptance. When authorized, distribute copies to the Design Consultant, Owner, separate
Contractors, principal subcontractors and suppliers or fabricators, and others identified by the
Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
Post copies in the temporary field office.
When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
Submit copies of each computer-produced report (listing) in duplicate to Design Consultant.
Schedule Updatinq: Revise the schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity,
where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with
the report of each Project meeting.
Float Time: Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or
the Owner. Contractor's work shall proceed according to start dates, and the Owner shall have
the right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. The
Contractor acknowledges and agrees that actual delays, affecting paths of activities containing
float time, will not have any affect upon Contract Completion times, providing that the actual
delay does not exceed the float time associated with those activities.
Extensions of time for performance as described in the Contract Documents will be granted only
to the extent: (1) that time adjustments for the activity or activities affected by any condition or
event which entitles the Contractor to a time extension exceed the total float or slack along the
path of activities effected at the time of Notice to Proceed of a Change Order or the
commencement of any delay or condition for which an adjustment is warranted under the
Contract Documents; and (2) that such condition or event affected the Critical Path and delayed
the completion of the Project.
Network Revisions: Should the Contractor, after approval of the initial CPM Schedule desire to
change his plan of construction, he shall submit his requested revisions to the Owner including
a description of the logic for rescheduling the work, methods of maintaining adherence to
intermediate milestones and specific dates and the reasons for the revisions. The Contractor
shall revise his schedule to include the effect of changes, acts of God or other conditions or
Page 01315-3
CPM SCHEDULES AND REPORTS - 01315
events which have affected the CPM Schedule. If the requested changes are acceptable to the
Design Consultant, they will be incorporated by the Contractor into the CPM Schedule in the
next reporting period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01315
Page 01315-4
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES - 01400
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services.
Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports,
performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not
include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Owner.
Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with
Contract Document requirements.
Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not
production of standard products.
Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in
the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections
and tests, cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and
installation procedures.
Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's
quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document
requirements.
Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the
Design Consultant, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions
of this Section.
RESPONSIBILITIES:
Contractor Responsibilities:
Re-testinq: The Contractor is responsible for re-testing where results of required
inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate
compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original
test was the Contractor's responsibility.
Cost of re-testing construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the
Contractor's responsibility, where required tests were performed on original
construction.
Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required
inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as
requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment
of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to:
Page 01400-1
QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES - 01400
Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities
necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require
testing or assisting the agency in taking samples.
Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of
samples to testing laboratories.
Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
Owner Responsibilities: The Owner will provide inspections, tests and similar quality control
services specified to be performed by independent agencies and not by the Contractor, except
where they are specifically indicated as the Contractor's responsibility or are provided by
another identified entity. Costs for these services are not included in the Contract Sum.
The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent agency, testing
laboratory or other qualified firm to perform services of the Owner's responsibility.
The Owner will pay for Special Inspections as required by the Building Official to comply
with UBC Section 306.
Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and
similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services
with a minimum of delay. In addition to Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities
to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and
tests.
The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples
and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
REPAIR AND PROTECTION:
General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair.
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including
deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document
requirements for "Cutting and Patching."
Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired
construction.
Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION 01400
Page 01400-2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities, including utilities,
construction and support facilities, security and protection.
Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to:
Water service and distribution.
Temporary electric power and light.
Telephone service.
Internet & Email access.
Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to:
Temporary heat.
Field offices and storage sheds.
Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
Temporary enclosures.
Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards.
Waste disposal services.
Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to:
Temporary fire protection.
Barricades, warning signs, lights.
Environmental protection.
SUBMITTALS:
Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, and similar procedures performed on
Page 01500-1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
temporary utilities.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Reoulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities
having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
Building Code requirements.
Health and safety regulations.
Utility company regulations.
Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.
Environmental protection regulations.
Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and Demolition Operations",
ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and
NECA Electrical Design Library, "Temporary Electrical Facilities."
Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared
jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations.
Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70).
Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility
before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of
each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over
from use of temporary service to use of the permanent service.
Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance.
Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not
overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous
or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS:
General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Design Consultant, undamaged previously
used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use
intended.
Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division-6 Section "Rough Carpentry."
For job-built temporary offices, shops and sheds within the construction area, provide UL
labeled, fire treated lumber and plywood for framing, sheathing and siding.
Page 01500-2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
For signs and directory boards, provide exterior type, Grade B-B High Density Concrete Form
Overlay Plywood conforming to PS-1, of sizes and thickness indicated.
For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior type, minimum 3/8" thick plywood.
For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8" thick exterior
plywood.
Gypsum Wallboard: Provide gypsum wallboard complying with requirements of ASTM C 36 on
interior walls of temporary offices.
Roofino Materials: Provide UL Class "A" standard weight asphalt shingles complying with
ASTM D 3018, or UL Class "C" mineral surfaced roll roofing complying with ASTM D 249 on
roofs of job-built temporary offices, shops and sheds.
Paint: Comply with requirements of Division-9 Section "Finish Painting."
For job-built temporary offices, shops, sheds, fences and other exposed lumber and plywood,
provide exterior grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer.
For sign panels and applying graphics, provide exterior grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior
primer.
For interior walls of temporary offices, provide two coats interior latex semi-gloss wall paint.
Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of
15 or less. For temporary enclosures provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated
polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride fire retardant tarpaulins.
Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
Open-Mesh Fencino: Provide 11-gage, galvanized 2-inch, chain link fabric fencing 6-feet high
with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.D. for line posts
and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts.
EQUIPMENT:
General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Design Consultant, undamaged,
previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable
for use intended.
Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 ft. long,
with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system;
provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge.
Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of
110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-
fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and
equipment.
Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where
exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of
electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress.
Lamps and Lioht Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for
adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to
breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture.
Page 01500-3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
Heatino Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or
another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed.
Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job-built construction with
lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes. Provide heated and air-
conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal loading.
Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the chemical,
aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber
reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.
Fire Extinouishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for
temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-
rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA
recommended classes for the exposures.
Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by
location and class of fire exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will
serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work.
Relocate and modify facilities as required.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use
of completed permanent facilities.
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION:
General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to
existing service. Where the company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder
with matching, compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's
recommendations.
Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where
necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility availability,
provide trucked-in services.
Use Charqes: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or
Design Consultant, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order.
Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for
construction until permanent water service is in use.
Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use.
Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and
distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction
Page 01500-4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault
interrupters and main distribution switch gear.
Except where overhead service must be used, install electric power service underground.
Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to
damage. Where permitted, wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and
lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for
surveillance.
Temporary Liohtino: Wherever overhead floor or roof deck has been installed, provide
temporary lighting with local switching.
Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements, without
operating the entire system, and will provide adequate illumination for construction operations
and traffic conditions.
Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in
construction activities, throughout the construction period. Install telephone unit with cordless
connection to temporary field office. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary
office.
At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
Internet & Email: Provide Internet access and separate, functioning email addresses for both
headquarters (project management) and field superintendent's offices.
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary construction and
support facilities where approved by Owner.
Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near Substantial Completion.
Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will
be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops and sheds located within the construction
area. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241.
Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing or drying
of completed installations or protection of installed construction from ad\l8rse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to
produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy.
Heatino Facilities: Except where use of the permanent system is authorized, provide vented
self-contained LP gas or fuel oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander type heating units is
prohibited.
Field Offices: Provide insulated, weather tight temporary offices of sufficient size to
accommodate required office personnel at the Project site. Keep the office clean and orderly for
use for small progress meetings.
Storaoe and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, furnished and
equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service.
Page 01500-5
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on the
site.
Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures. Comply
with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of
fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best service the Project's needs.
Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each facility.
Provide covered waste containers for used material.
Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit-type privies
will not be permitted.
Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities with potable water at convenient locations for personnel
involved in handling materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition.
Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition.
Drinkino Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-water type drinking water
units, including paper supply.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress
and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities.
Provide temporary enclosures where the permanent building is incomplete, heat is needed, and
there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation and
material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.
Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close
openings of 25 square feet or less with plywood or similar materials.
Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing wood-
framed construction.
Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 square feet in area, use UL-labeled
fire-retardant treated material for framing and main.sheathing.
Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. Truck
cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment"
and not temporary facilities.
Proiect Identification and Temporary Sions:
Proiect Identification Sions: Two signs were furnished under the Site Preparation bid package.
Engage an experienced sign painter to revise the signs as required.
Temporary Sions: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel
and visitors.
Temporary Exterior Liohtino: Install exterior yard and sign lights so that signs are visible when
Work is being performed.
Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere as
required. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material
and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during
normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by
containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.
Page 01500-6
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not
adequate. Cover finished permanent stairs with a protective covering of plywood or similar
material so finishes will be undamaged at the time of acceptance.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION:
Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use
of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial
Completion, or longer as requested by the Design Consultant.
Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities,
install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against
reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for
Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction,
Alterations and Demolition Operations."
Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less
than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell.
Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection
facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire
exposure areas.
Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize
the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other
undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful
noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints
from persons or firms near the site.
OPERATION. TERMINATION AND REMOVAL:
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of
temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from
damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and
similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
Protection: Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines.
Protect from damage during excavation operations.
Termination and Removal: Unless the Owner requires that it be maintained longer, remove
each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a
permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore
permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary
facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
Page 01500-7
TEMPORARY FACILITIES - 01500
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The
Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs.
At Substantial Completion, clean and restore permanent facilities that have been used during
the construction period to a condition equal to or better than existed upon commencement of
Work.
END OF SECTION 01500
Page 01500-8
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT - 01600
SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's
selection of products for use in the Project.
The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under
Section "Submittals."
Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards
to products specified.
Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the
Contract are included under Section "Product Substitutions."
DEFINITIONS:
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in
the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories,"
and similar terms. Such terms such are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in
the construction industry.
"Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the
Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the
terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
"Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name,
including make or model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published
product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents.
"Foreion Products", as distinguished from "domestic products," are items
substantially manufactured (50 percent or more of value) outside of the United
States and its possessions; or produced or supplied by entities substantially
owned (more than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens of nor living
within the United States and its possessions.
"Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished,
refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
"Equipment", is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually
operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping.
Page 01600-1
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT - 01600
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a
single source.
When specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot produce
a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with
the Owner for a determination of the most important product qualities before
proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual appearance, strength,
durability, or compatibility. When a determination has been made, select products from
sources that product products that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible.
Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or
more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products
previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint
manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which
will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.
Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where
required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface that is not
conspicuous.
Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-
connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface which
is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following
information and other essential operating data:
Name of product and manufacturer.
Model and serial number.
Capacity.
Speed.
Ratings.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,
using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding
of construction spaces.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other
losses.
Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other
packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting and installing.
Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and
to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Page 01600-2
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT - 01600
Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of
quantity or counting of units.
Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not
endanger the supporting construction.
Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a
weather tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain
temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PRODUCT SELECTION:
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation.
Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other
devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and
effect.
Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have
been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and
governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product
selection include the following:
Proprietarv Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or manufacturer is
named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.
Semi-proprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or
manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions will
be permitted.
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the
term "or equal," or "or approved" comply with the Contract Document provisions
concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications list products or manufacturers
that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the
Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available
product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document
provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with
performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements, and
are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall
performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific
application.
Page 01600~3
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT - 01600
Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product
literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of performance.
Compliance with Standards, Codes and Reoulations: Where the Specifications only
require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that
complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified.
Visual Matchino: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the
Design Consultant's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches
satisfactorily.
Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily
and also complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of
the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching
product in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified
requirements.
Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "...as
selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase,
select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The
Design Consultant will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line
selected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS:
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the
applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned
with other Work.
Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01600
.page 01600-4
PRODUCT SUBSTUTUTIONS - 01631
SECTION 01631 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for
substitutions.
The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under
Section "Submittals."
Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards
to products specified.
Procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options
are included under Section "Materials and Equipment."
DEFINITIONS:
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms
used in the Contract Documents.
Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor are considered
requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions:
Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Design Consultant.
Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract
Documents.
The Contractor's determination of and compliance with gover~ing regulations and
orders issued by governing authorities.
SUBMITTALS:
Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within
60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after
commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Design
Consultant.
Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in
the form and in accordance with procedures required for Change Proposals.
Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each
request. Include related Specification Section and Drawings numbers. Provide
complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions,
and the following information, as appropriate:
Page 01631-1
PRODUCT SUBSTUTUTIONS - 01631
Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and
installation procedures.
Samples, where applicable or requested.
A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with
those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as
size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect.
Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed for
other parts of the Work and for construction performed by the Owner and
separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed
substitution.
A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction
Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate
the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.
Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract
Sum.
Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better
in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that
it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's
waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become
necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.
Desiqn Consultant's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution,
the Design Consultant will request additional information or documentation necessary for
evaluation of the request. Within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of
receipt of the additional information or documentation, which ever is later, the Design
Consultant will notify the contractor through the Owner of acceptance or rejection of the
proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or
obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will
be in the form of a Change Order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
SUBSTITUTIONS:
Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Design
Consultant when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the
Design Consultant; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record
noncompliance with these requirements.
Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required.
Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents.
The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted.
The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract
Documents.
Page 01631-2
PRODUCT SUBSTUTUTIONS - 01631
The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract
Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as
a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.
The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a
governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved.
A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy
conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities
the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may
include additional compensation to the Design Consultant for redesign and evaluation
services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and
similar considerations.
The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is
compatible with other materials, and where the contractor certifies that the substitution
will overcome the incompatibility.
The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other
materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be
coordinated.
The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by
the Contract documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed
substitution provide the required warranty.
The Contractor's submittal and Design Consultant's and Owner's acceptance of Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with. the Contract
Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution, nor does it
constitute approval.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01631
Page 01631-3
PROJECT CLOSEOUT - 01700
SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including
but not limited to:
Inspection procedures.
Project record document submittal.
Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
Submittal of warranties.
Final cleaning.
Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate
Sections in Divisions-2 through - 16.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial
Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed
as substantially complete. Include supporting documents for completion as indicated in
these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the
Contract Sum.
If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items,
the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete.
Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications and similar documents.
Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and
similar releases.
Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement survey, property
survey, and similar final record information.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
Page 01700-1
PROJECT CLOSEOUT - 01700
Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the
Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions.
Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities
from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements.
Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and
otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Design Consultant will either
proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Design
Consultant will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise
the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be
issued.
The Design Consultant will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the
Work has been substantially completed.
Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE:
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance
and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and
completed operations where required.
Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the
Contract Sum.
Submit a certified copy of the Design Consultant's final inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise
resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Design
Consultant.
Submit consent of surety to final payment.
Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
Reinspection Procedure: The Design Consultant will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice
that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed,
except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the
Design Consultant.
Page 01700-2
PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 01700
Upon completion of reinspection, the Design Consultant will prepare a certificate of final
acceptance, or advice the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that
have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
If necessary, reinspection will be repeated, aUhe Contractor's expense, by issuance of
a deduct Change Order covering the Design Consultant's additional cost.
RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS:
General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration
and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Design
Consultant's reference during normal working hours.
Record Drawinos: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of
Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the
installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is
most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record
a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular
attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between
variations in separate categories of the Work.
Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract
Drawings or Shop Drawings.
Note related Change Order numbers where applicable.
Prior to completion of the work, the Contractor shall transfer all record drawings to
permanent reproducible mylar transparencies. Changes and information shall be neatly
and clearly drawn and described and shown technically correct. All costs associated
with the record drawings, including the mylar transparencies shall be borne by the
Contractor. The Design Consultant and his consultants will make their original tracings
available to the Contractor for production of mylars.
Contractor shall submit the record drawings (actual marked-up blue-line prints and the
new marked-up mylars) to the Design Consultant for review and shall make such
revisions or corrections as may be necessary for the drawings to be a true, complete
and accurate record of the work. After final corrections are complete submit prints and
mylars to the Owner for their records.
Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda,
and one copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and
modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show
substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications
and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar
information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by
direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Owner for their
records.
Page 01700-3
PROJECT CLOSEOUT - 01700
Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these
documents to show significant variations in the actual Work performed in comparison with
information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the
manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to
concealed products and portions of the Work which cannot otherwise be readily discerned later
by direct observation. Note related Change Orders and mark-up of record drawings and
Specifications.
Upon completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Owner for their
records.
Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion,
the Contractor will meet at the site with the Owner's personnel to determine which of the
submitted Samples have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be transmitted to
the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's Sample storage area.
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of
miscellaneous record-keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the
Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete
miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for
continued use and reference. Submit to the Owner for their records.
Maintenance Manuals:
General: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size.
Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with
pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of
each binder. Manuals shall be prepared as follows:
Product Data: Product data shall contain detailed information, where applicable,
relative to the following:
Routine and preventative maintenance instruction, including a schedule of
recommended checks.
Safety precautions and safety features.
Include only sheet pertinent to specific product.
Annotate each sheet to:
Clearly identify specific product or part installed.
Clearly identify data applicable to installation.
Page 01700-4
Supplement product/installation data with written text: Organize in consistent format
under separate headings for different procedures. Provide logical sequence of
installations for each procedure.
Warranties, Bonds and Service Contracts: Copy of each warranty, bond and service
contract issued, signed over to the Owner and exercisable by Owner. Provide
information sheet for Owner's personnel indicating:
Proper procedures in event of failure.
Instances which might affect validity of warranties and bonds.
Instructions and recommendations for repair of finish.
Submittals:
PROJECT CLOSEOUT - 01700
Submit two (2) copies/preliminary drafts of proposed formats and outlines of contents. Design
Consultant will review and return with comments.
Submit one (1) copy of completed data in final form fifteen (15) days prior to final inspection or
acceptance. After final inspection or acceptance, copy will be returned with accompanying
comments.
Make corrections based on copy returned after final inspection or acceptance and submit
specified number of copies of approved data in final form ten (10) days after final inspection or
acceptance. The Design Consultant will be the sole judge of the completeness of the manual.
After receipt of the Design Consultant's approval, the Contractor shall prepare and transmit to
the Design Consultant three (3) final copies of each of the above manuals not later than thirty
(30) days following the receipt of the Design Consultant's approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
FINAL CLEANING:
Cleanino: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning, Clean each
surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification
of Substantial Completion.
Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring
materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free
of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their
original reflective condition.
Clean the site, including landscaped areas, of rubbish, litter and foreign substances.
Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits.
Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the
Work during construction.
Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for
cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a
lawful manner.
Page 01700-5
PROJECT CLOSEOUT - 01700
Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have
become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.
END OF SECTION 01700
Page 01700-6
WARRANTIES AND BONDS - 01740
SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY:
This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and
bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on
products and special warranties.
Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of
workmanship and materials.
General closeout requirements are included in Section "Project Closeout."
Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installation that are
specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions-2 through
-16.
Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner
are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties
do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor
does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special
warranties with the Contractor.
DEFINITIONS:
Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the
Owner.
Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater
rights for the Owner.
WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS:
Related Damaoes and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and
replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed
and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work.
Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected
by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated
Page 01740-1
WARRANTIES AND BONDS - 01740
warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
Minimum period shall be 6 months after corrective work is completed.
Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or
rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract
Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work
regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its
anticipated useful service life.
Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties,
and shall not limit the duties, obligations, right and remedies otherwise available under the law,
nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce
such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
Reiection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit
selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty,
certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence
is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
SUBMITTALS:
Submit written warranties to the Design Consultant prior to the date certified for Substantial
Completion. If the Design Consultant's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a
commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work,
or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Design
Consultant.
When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the
Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period,
submit properly executed warranties to the Design Consultant within fifteen days of
completion of that designated portion of the Work.
When a special warranty is required to be executed by the .Contractor, or the Contractor and a
subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate
terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the
Design Consultant for approval prior to final execution.
Refer to individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16 for specific content requirements,
and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties.
Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond
properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or
manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table
of contents of the Project Manual.
Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered
loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-
1/2" by 11" paper.
Page 01740-2
WARRANTIES AND BONDS - 01740
Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and
telephone number of the installer.
Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title
'WARRANTIES AND BONDS," the Project title or name, and the name of the
Contractor.
When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction,
provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each
required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01740
END OF DIVISION ONE - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Page 01740-3
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICA TIONS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF IDSTORY
SECTION 13930 - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM (Alternate # 1)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install approved complete and operable automatic wet-pipe fire
sprinkler systems as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Provide sprinklers and
related piping in all spaces in accordance with code requirements.
B. Plans are diagrammatic and show generally the location of piping and accessories and are not to
be scaled for construction measurements. All dimensions shall be verified at the building site.
Contractor shall make no major revisions to system layout without approval from Engineer.
C. Additional requirements established in this section shall supersede any requirements set forth in
the general specifications. Where the requirements of these specifications exceed specified codes
and ordinances, conform to these specifications.
D. Comply with Mechanical General Provisions: Section 15010.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall comply with the specifications and noted codes and standards. The latest edition
of the following standards that are accepted by the local governing authorities shall govern work
in this section.
1. NFP A 13: Installation of Sprinkler Systems
2. NFP A 72: National Fire Alarm Code
3. NFP A 101: Life Safety Code
4. 2006 International Building Code
5. State and Local Codes
B. All products and components installed in the system shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories
(U.L.) and approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM).
C. Publications and Standards of the following organizations are referenced in this Specification:
I. National Fire Protection Association (NFP A)
470 Atlantic Avenue
2. Boston, Massachusetts 02210
3. Underwriters Laboratories (D.L.)
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
13930 - 1
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
6. American Water Works Association, Inc. (A WW A)
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80235
7. American Welding Society (AWS)
2501 N.W. 7th Street
Miami, Florida 33125
8. Factory Mutual Engineering (FM)
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, Massachusetts 02062
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Prebid Substitution Procedure:
Acceptable manufacturers and equipment types are listed for each item. If the Contractor
desires to use a manufacturer or type of equipment not listed in the specifications,
prebid approval must be obtained. Post bid equipment substitutions will not be
accepted.
Only written requests for approval from general contractors will be considered. Sub-
bidders and suppliers are to submit all requests through a general contractor.
Each submittal is to include a complete description of the proposed substitute
product. Submittals that do not contain adequate data will not be considered. The
data shall include information demonstrating compliance with the performance
requirements of these specifications.
No substitution will be considered unless a request has been received at least ten days
prior to the bid opening date. Products that receive prebid approval will be added
to the specification by addenda.
All submittals of catalog data sheets shall be complete and bound in a folder with the job
name and the name of the contractor on the cover.
Catalog material shaH be clearly and neatly marked to show applicable model numbers
and options. Materials not relevant to the job shall be deleted or clearly marked.
B. Shop Drawing Procedure:
1. Prepare and submit three (3) copies of shop drawings along with equipment
brochures and hydraulic calculations for review by the Engineer. Shop drawings
shall be clear originals printed on bond paper or clear copies. Blueprints are not
acceptable. If equipment brochures contain details from a manufacturer that is
different than specified in contract documents, the item sheets shaH be clearly
marked as a substitution. Information on plans shall comply with NFP A 13
chapter on "Plans and Calculations" sub-titled "Working Plans".
13930 - 2
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
2. Submit shop drawings to the Heery International (Engineer) and the Authority
Having Jurisdiction. Provide copy of transmittal letters to the AHJ to Heery.
3. After receiving approval from AHJ, forward copies of each drawing and review
comments to the Engineer for final review.
4. Changes to shop drawings after review by authorities are to be circled to indicate
areas that have been changed.
5. Contractor must obtain approval from the Authority Having Jurisdiction, the
Insurance Carrier, and the Engineer before beginning fabrication or installation
of fire protection work.
6. Fire Protection Contractor shall ensure that all submittals are complete. Shop
drawings and catalog data shall meet code and specification requirements.
Failure of the Contractor to meet the specifications and code requirements for the
project to the satisfaction of the Engineer within two submissions will result in
the Contractor being charged for the time incurred by the Engineer for each
subsequent review required. These charges will include all time and expenses at
the billable rate of the Engineer of Record. Approval of the Authority Having
Jurisdiction does not constitute or ensure approval by the Engineer of Record.
7. Instruction Manuals: Furnish five (5) instruction manuals containing complete
operation and maintenance instructions for the specific make and model of all
equipment furnished.
8. As-Built (Record) Working Drawings: On a daily basis the Sprinkler
Contractor's Superintendent, shall review and record as-built conditions on a set
of drawings maintained at the job site. After completion, but before final
acceptance of the work, furnish a complete set of as-built drawings for record
purposes. The drawings shall not be smaller than 24 inches by 36 inches on
reproducible vellum. As-built drawings shall also be completed and provided in
digital format compatible with Microstation.
9. Contractor's Qualifications (See paragraph 1.6).
1.4 GUARANTEE
A. The sprinkler contractor, in addition to other warranties or guarantees required by the contract
documents, shall guarantee all piping, devices, and related materials on workmanship for a period
of one year from date of Engineer's final acceptance of the work. All defects that occur during
the warranty period shall be promptly corrected at no cost to the Owner.
B. The sprinkler contractor is responsible for providing a sprinkler system that is in compliance with
the contract documents and approved by all concerns listed in this section.
13930 - 3
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
1.5 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fire Protection Contractor shall have at least 4 years of current experience in the design of fire
protection systems similar in size and design for this particular project and shall be licensed in the
state where the project is located. A copy of the contractor's state license and certificate holder
license shall be submitted. A record of this qualification listing previously completed projects
and telephone numbers of persons familiar with the contractor's performance shall be submitted
to the Engineer.
B. All welders and welding procedures shall be qualified according to the American Welding
Society Standard AWS D10.9 Level AR-3 and written record of this qualification shall be
submitted to the Engineer.
1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Verification of Dimensions: The Contractor shall become familiar with all details of the work,
verify all dimensions in the field, and shall advise the Engineer of any discrepancy before
performing the work.
B. Welding: Welding shall be in accordance with NFPA 13. Only shop welding with appropriate
welding fittings shall be used.
C. All piping, valves, fittings and sprinkler system components shall be rated for system pressure.
1.7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. All equipment placed in storage shall be stored with protection from the weather, dirt or other
contaminates.
1.8 BASIS OF DESIGN
A. See fire protection drawings for required fire protection systems and hydraulic design
specifications.
B. Contractor is responsible for a complete and operable fire protection system in full compliance
with all codes listed and project specifications.
C. All piping is to be hydraulically sized based on the available water supply and the sprinkler
system's total water demand. The size of the fire pump (if provided) and the pipe sizes shown on
the drawings shall be verified by a current flow test (see paragraph 1.9 "Water Supply" below)
and hydraulic calculations conducted by the Contractor. Notify Engineer immediately if a
modification to the drawings is required. Wholesale changes to the fire protection system design
will not be accepted.
D. No more than 4 fittings shall be used in the drop nipples to pendent sprinklers.
E. A reduction in sprinkler system remote area due to the use of quick-response sprinklers will not
be accepted.
13930 - 4
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
F. A reduction in sprinkler system remote area shall not be allowed based on the "Room Design"
method ofNFPA 13.
G. A pressure safety factor shall be provided for hydraulically calculated systems equal to 10% of
the static pressure recorded during the flow test.
H. Hydraulic calculation software that uses k-factors for typical branch lines is not acceptable.
I. For hydraulic calculations, the maximum allowable velocity permitted in the sprinkler system
piping shall be 20 feet per second.
1.9 WATER SUPPLY
A. Contractor shall conduct a water flow test for this project. The Contractor shall also record, over
a 24-hour weekday period on a 24-hour chart recorder (connected to the same hydrant that
provided the static and residual pressures), the water supply static pressure in the area of this
project. Static and residual pressures obtained from the flow test shall be adjusted based on the
lowest pressure reading provided on the 24-hour static pressure recorder. A copy of the 24-hour
static pressure chart shall be included with the hydraulic calculations submittal. Flow test shall be
performed in accordance with NFPA 13.
1.1 0 FIRE ALARM INTERLOCKS
A. Include in this work and coordinate interface and connection with the existing fire alarm
system with new flow switches and tamper switches associated with this new sprinkler
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials and equipment shall conform to NFPA 13 and other requirements specified
herein. .
B. All materials shall be new and free from defects.
C. Materials and equipment used for similar applications shall be the products of one
manufacturer unless noted otherwise.
D. All pipe shall be stamped on each length with its ASTM, ANSI, or A WW A number.
Bundles of steel pipes shall have a metal tag attached showing the ASTM number and
pipe schedule.
2.2 SPRINKLERS
A. Sprinklers below finished acoustical lay-in tile ceilings shall be pendent, having a chrome
finish. Provide white recessed escutcheons where recessed light fixtures are furnished.
13930 - 5
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
Provide standard chrome 2-piece escutcheons where surface-mounted light fixtures are
furnished. Tyco, Viking, Reliable, or approved equal.
B. Sprinklers in areas having no ceilings shall be standard upright, having brass finish.
Tyco, Viking, Reliable, or approved equal.
C. Sprinklers located in areas with gypsum board ceilings or in architecturally sensitive
areas shall be concealed pendent having a white cover plate. Tyco, Viking, Reliable, or
approved equal.
D. Temperature Rating: Release element of each sprinkler shall be of the ordinary
temperature rating as suited for the location where the sprinklers are installed except
release elements for sprinklers in mechanical areas and similar areas where above-
average temperatures are expected shall have intermediate rating. Sprinklers subject to
high temperature caused by unit heaters, hot pipes, radiant ceilings, or other heat sources
shall be of high temperature rating or higher.
E. Sprinklers in light hazard occupancies shall be ofthe quick-response type.
2.3 SPRINKLER CABINET
A. Provide metal cabinet with extra sprinklers and sprinkler wrench near building sprinkler
riser. The number and types of extra sprinklers shall be as specified in NFP A 13.
2.4 VALVES: (The following valves are rated for 175 psi working pressure. Furnish valves with
higher ratings when system pressures exceed 175 psi).
A. Gate Valves: Gate valves shall be iron-body bronze mounted, outside screw and yoke,
resilient wedge type, 175 psi cold water working pressure, equal to Kennedy Fig. 4068A.
B. Butterfly Valve: Butterfly valves shall be lug-type (not wafer type) for flanged
installation in pump room and grooved for applications elsewhere, cast iron body with
encapsulated disc, rubber gasketed, permanently lubricated worm gear handwheel
operation, with external indicator and built-in supervisory switch, 175 psi cold water
working pressure, equal to Kennedy Fig. 83M, Milwaukee Butterball BB-SC series, or
Grinnell 8000FP series.
C. Swing Check Valve: Swing check valves shall be cast iron body, bronze mounted with
rubber faced disc, 175 psi cold water working pressure, equal to Kennedy Fig. l26A or
Viking D-2.
2.5 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Interior Aboveground Piping:
1. Sprinkler pipe and fittings shall be as per NFP A 13 except as modified herein.
Pipe shall be ASTM A 795 steel pipe and shall be Schedule 40 for sizes 1" and 1-
114" and Schedule 40 or schedule 10 for sizes 1-112" inch and larger except for
sizes 8 inches or larger, Schedule 30 ASTM A 795 steel pipe may be used.
13930 - 6
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
Rubber gasketed grooved-end pipe and fittings with grooved couplings shall be
permitted only in pipe sizes 1-1/2 inches or larger.
2. Steel pipe with wall thickness less than Schedule 40 shall not be cut-grooved or
threaded. Threadable thinwall piping will be not be accepted.
2.6 PIPE FITIINGS
A. Fittings shall be UL listed and FM approved for use in sprinkler systems. Fittings,
mechanical couplings, and rubber gaskets shall be supplied by the same manufacturer.
B. Use of plain-end fittings with mechanical couplings which utilize steel gripping devices
to bite into the pipe when pressure is applied, will not be permitted.
C. Fittings on branch lines into which sprinklers, riser nipples, or drop nipples are threaded,
shall be welded or threaded type. Black malleable iron or cast iron threaded fittings shall
be Class 150. Fittings shall be manufactured per ANSI B16.3 standards.
D. Flanges and flanged fittings with approved gaskets, bolts and nuts.
Cast iron, 125 lb., to meet the requirements of ANSI B16-1 Standard, 175 PSI
max, working pressure.
2 Cast iron, 250 lb., to meet the requirements of ANSI B16-1 Standard, 400 PSI
max. working pressure.
E. Grooved fittings and couplings:
1. Grooved couplings shall be rated for maximum system working pressure.
a. Acceptable manufacturers: Victaulic or Gustin-Bacon.
b. Gaskets for grooved couplings used in dry pipe systems shall be listed
for such use.
F. Weld Fittings:
1. Butt welded or socket welded Branchlets 300, thru 12", meeting the requirements
of ANSI 816-9, B16-11 or BI6-25. Pressure rating of fittings to exceed
maximum system working pressure.
a. Acceptable Manufacturers: Allied Piping Products; Anvil; Bonney;
Wheeling Machine; Merit.
G. Bolt on Fittings:
1. Mechanical tees - clamp on outlet.
13930 - 7
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
a. Acceptable Manufacturer: Victaulic U.L. 920 for 500 PSI max, working
pressure.
H. Threaded Fittings:
I. All threaded fittings shall have threads cut to ANSI! ASME B 1.20.1.
2.7 RETURN BENDS
A. Return bends shall be provided on all drops to pendent sprinklers. Sprinkler return bends
supplying pendent sprinklers shall be connected to the top of the branch line to avoid
sediment in drop nipples.
2.8 PIPE HANGERS
A. Pipe hangers, braces and supports shall be UL listed and FM approved. Hangers shall not
be attached to steel decking.
B. Riser clamps 3/4" thru 8" pipe.
1. Acceptable manufacturers: Elcen 39, Fee and Mason 241, Michigan 510.
C. Upper hanger attachments.
1. Steel: C-clamp with set screw and lock nut.
a. Acceptable manufacturers: Elcen, Michigan, lIT Grinnell, Fee and
Mason, Toleo.
2. Steel: Top beam clamp with set screw and locknut.
a. Acceptable manufacturers: Michigan, Fee and Mason, lIT Grinnell.
3. Concrete: Anchors shall be expansion "drop-in" type with an actual load less
than 3 times the manufacturer's listed allowable working load for tension in
2,000 psi concrete. Anchors shall be installed in drilled holes per manufacturer's
recommendations. Approved manufacturers: Hilti Series HDI, HDI-L and HDI-
P drop-in anchors; Red Head Series RM Multi-set II anchors; Rawl Series 6300
drop-in anchors. Powder-driven studs are not acceptable.
4. Wood: Hangers shall be attached to wood structure by means of 3/8-inch lag
bolts or 2-inch No. 18 wood screws as required by NFP A 13.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Pipe Sleeves: Provide where piping passes entirely through walls, floors, and roofs.
Secure sleeves in position during construction. Provide sleeves of sufficient length to
pass through entire thickness of walls, floors, and roofs. Provide one-inch minimum
clearance between exterior of piping and interior of sleeve or core-drilled hole. Firmly
13930 - 8
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
pack space with mineral wool insulation. Seal space at both ends of the sleeve or core-
drilled hole with plastic waterproof cement which will dry to a firm but pliable mass, or
provide a mechanically adjustable segmented elastomeric seal. In fire-rated walls and
floors, seal both ends of pipe sleeves with UL listed fill.
1. Sleeves in masonry and concrete walls, floors, and roofs: Provide hot-dip
galvanized steel, ductile-iron, or cast-iron sleeves. Core drilling of masonry and
concrete may be provided in lieu of pipe sleeves when cavities in the core-drilled
hole are completely grouted smooth.
2. Sleeves in other than masonry and concrete walls, floors, and roofs: Provide 26
gauge galvanized steel sheet.
B. Escutcheon Plates: Provide split hinged chrome metal plates for piping entering walls,
floors, and ceilings in exposed spaces. Escutcheon plates on exterior of building shall be
rust proof.
C. Identification Signs: Attach properly lettered and approved metal signs in accordance
with NFP A 13.
1. Provide signs at the following locations:
a. At each standpipe riser control valve and sprinkler floor control valve.
Provide a hydraulic placard indicating the portion of system which that
valve controls.
b. At each auxiliary drain valve, inspector's test connection or main drain.
c. At each sprinkler riser, provide signs indicating system, and area served,
and hydraulic data.
D. Water Flow Alarm Switch:
1. Flow switch: Flow switches shall be installed on wet-pipe fire protection
systems only. Provide approved paddle-type waterflow alarm switch,
instantaneously recycling with adjustable (10 to 90 seconds minimum) pneumatic
retard with a double set of contacts each rated at a minimum of 7.0 amps, 120
volt AC or .25 amp 120 volt DC. Assembly shall be rated for 175 psi cold water
pressure. Switches shall be compatible with the fire alarm system and shall be
connected to the building fire alarm system, per NFP A 72.
2. Paddle flow switches shall operate with water flow equal to one sprinkler and
shall be as follows:
a. 1-1/4" to 8" pipe size, rated for 175 psi working pressure. 2 sets 120
V AC - 24 VDC form C contacts with 10 - 90 second adjustable
pneumatic retard. Acceptable manufacturers: Potter and Notifier.
13930 - 9
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
3. Pressure switch: Pressure switch shall be designed to actuate electric alarms in
wet pipe, dry pipe, preaction, and deluge systems. Pressure switch shall be
furnished and installed by the fire protection contractor. Connection of pressure
switch to fire alarm system shall be performed under the electrical section.
Viking A-lor approved equal.
E. Valve Supervisory Switches: Provide sprinkler control valves including post or wall post
indicating valves with approved circuit supervisory (tamper) switches. The switch shall
be designed to transmit a trouble alarm signal to the building fire alarm system. The
trouble signal shall be obtained either during the first two revolutions of the hand wheel
or when the stem of the valve has moved one-fifth of the distance from it normal, open
position. The switch shall be of the reset type upon return of the valve to its normal, open
position. The switch shall not interfere with the operation of the valve, nor obstruct the
view of its indicator. Where the signaling attachments of two or more valves utilize a
common circuit, the trouble signal shall reset only when all of the valves of the group are
in the normal, open position. Devices shall be compatible with the fire alarm system and
connected to the fire alarm system per NFP A 72. Switches to indicate position of control
valve shall be rated for 120 V AC - 24 VDC.
1. Acceptable manufacturers: For use on O.S. & Y. valves: Potter OSYS-V. For
use on post indicators: Potter PIVS.
2. All butterfly valves shall come with factory-installed supervisory switch.
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation, workmanship, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and
testing shall be in accordance with NFP A 13, except as modified herein. Install piping
straight and true to bear evenly on hangers and supports. Do not hang piping from plaster
ceilings. Keep the interior and ends of new piping and existing piping affected by
Contractor's operations thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter. Keep piping systems clean
during installation by means of plugs or other approved methods. When work is not in
progress, securely close open ends of piping to prevent entry of foreign matter. Inspect
piping before placing into position. Provide piping compound or Teflon tape applied to
male threads only.
B. All piping shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to building structure to provide a
neat professional installation.
3.2 COORDINATION AND SYSTEMS LAYOUT
A. All piping, including offsets from branch line outlets to pendent sprinklers shall be
installed parallel to building structure. Sprinkler systems shall be compatible with
architectural layouts and shall avoid interference with structural, electrical, mechanical
and plumbing work in building. Final layout in special finish areas must be approved by
Engineer.
13930 _10
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
B. Install systems to keep piping concealed in all areas with ceilings. All piping and
equipment shall be located as out-of-the-way as possible. Risers and equipment
throughout building shall be located at points shown.
C. Sprinklers shall be symmetrically located as required to provide proper coverage and to
avoid interference with lights, diffusers, grilles or other ceiling-mounted equipment.
Where sprinklers are located in a ceiling, use symmetrical pattern in good relationship
with the general ceiling pattern, including ceiling tiles where applicable and lights
throughout each area. Center sprinklers in ceiling tiles. Pendent sprinklers shall be
centered in corridors.
D. Provide sprinkler coverage for all areas of the project unless specifically noted otherwise
on drawings.
3.3 ALARM CHECK VALVES
A. Alarm check valves shall be provided with standard trim including pressure gauges,
retarding chamber if needed, alarm switch, test bypass, and all necessary pipe, fittings,
and accessories required for complete trim installation, in accordance with NFP A 13.
3.4 W A TERFLOW INDICATORS
A. Waterflow indicators shall be the pressure or paddle type as required, and shall be
equipped with an adjustable, recycling-type signal retarding device to prevent false
alarms due to surges in the water system. The riser assembly shall include a pressure
gauge, a main drain assembly, and any other equipment necessary to provide a complete
installation.
3.5 DRAINS
A. All trapped sprinkler piping shall be provided with drains as per NFP A 13.
B. The location of all drains shall be shown on the Contractor's shop drawings.
C. All drains and inspector's test connections located on exterior walls shall be galvanized
steel and penetration shall be sealed and provided with galvanized escutcheon secured to
wall.
3.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. The installation of all hangers and supports shall comply with NFP A 13.
B. All sprinkler piping shall be independently supported from other piping and duct systems.
All piping, including drain piping shall be rigidly supported.
C. Where grooved couplings and/or other systems of mechanical fittings and couplings are
utilized for fastening, sufficient number of hangers must be provided to prevent any
sagging or misalignment of piping.
13930 _11
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
3.7 SLEEVES, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. All floor and wall penetrations must be neatly done and shall be sealed as detailed on
drawings.
B. Where wall penetrations are visible, provide chrome plated escutcheon plates.
3.8 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting inside sprinkler piping, flush underground
water feed mains in accordance with NFP A codes. After fire sprinkler piping installation
has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system
as required to remove foreign substances, continue flushing until water is clear. Provide
test connections on sprinkler mains, crossmains and large branch piping to permit
flushing.
3.9 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Furnish all labor and equipment required to conduct all specified tests.
B. All tests and inspections of the system and its components shall be witnessed by
representatives of the engineer, the installer, and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (at
their discretion) at a time coordinated between all parties. A minimum of7 working days
notification shall be given before the tests are conducted. The sprinkler contractor shall
correct all deficiencies pointed out by field.inspectors representing these agencies, at no
cost to the Owner.
C. Final inspection shall include operation of all waterflow detection devices, alarm valves,
and drains.
D. The Contractor shall ensure the system is ready for acceptance testing and completely
pre-tested. Failure of the sprinkler system (and standpipe system and fire pump if
applicable) to pass the final acceptance test and meet all code, specification and
performance requirements will result in rescheduling of the acceptance testing. All costs
incurred for the retesting of the systems, including travel and hourly billable rate of the
Engineer will be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. In addition to the preceding requirements see section 15000. subsection on
Commissioning for additional requirements for commissioning and documenting
installation. to include but not be limited to verification of proper setup and operation of
systems, interface with fire alarm systems and functional testing of devices.
3.10 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL
A. On completion of installation, obtain and deliver to the Engineer certificates of final
inspection and approval. Test certificates shall be signed by a Certificate of Competency
holder.
3.11 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
13930 _12
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
A. The Contractor shall provide operation-and-maintenance information to the owner in
accordance with NFP A 13 and NFP A 25.
B. Refer to Section 15010, General. Mechanical Requirements for specific format to be
submitted.
C. Repair or replace piping systems as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with
NFP A standards and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and Owner.
3.12 FIELD PAINTING
A. Clean, pretreat, prime, and paint new exposed fire extinguishing sprinkler systems
including valves, piping, conduit, hangers, supports, miscellaneous metalwork, and
accessories. Apply coatings to clean, dry surfaces, using clean brushes. Clean the
surfaces to remove dust, dirt, rust, and loose mill scales. Immediately after cleaning,
provide the metal surfaces with one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a minimum
dry film thickness of 0.3 mil, and one coat of zinc chromate primer applied to a minimum
dry film thickness of 1.0 mil. Shield sprinklers with protective covering while painting is
in progress. Upon completion of painting, remove protective covering from sprinklers.
Remove sprinklers that have been painted and replace with new sprinklers. Provide
primed surfaces with one coat of red alkyd gloss enamel applied to a minimum dry film
thickness of 1.0 mil.
END OF SECTION 13930
13930 _13
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
SECTION 15000 - GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
I. HV AC LOADS
General Considerations: The museum requires year-round, 24 hour, heating cooling and humidity
control. A block load of the museum has verified cooling capacity can be satisfied by the 90 ton
replacement of the original chiller that is being pre-purchased by the owner. To ensure proper
distribution of air, chilled water, hot water and sizing of humidification the building loads shall be
calculated and air and water shall be rebalanced to satisfy actual loads using existing air handlers,
coils and ductwork. Humidifiers shall be provided to satisfy calculated humidity loads for building
and ventilation winter loads. See Electrical Narrative 16000 for electrical impact and calculations.
HV AC Design Criteria:
A. Outdoor Design Conditions shall not be less than those shown in the ASHRAE Fundamentals
Handbook, 2005 edition, Climatic Design Information chapter.
B. Indoor Design Criteria:
(1 ) All spaces unless noted otherwise:
Summer Conditions:
75 OF db/50% max. relative humidity
70 OF db/ 50% min. relative humidity
Temperature and humidity shall be controlled +/- 50F
and +/- 10% year round and over 24 hour periods.
C. Occupancy Loading: Occupancy loads shall reflect actual peak population of each room over a
one hour average.
Winter Conditions:
D. Ventilation: The outside air ventilation quantities shall comply with ASHRAE Standard 62-2004
and is introduced at each AHU. All AHU's are constant volume units, however outside air can be
varied with active damper control in response to C02 sensors in critical ventilation areas such as
conference room, museum and theater.
E. Electrical Lighting Loads: Power densities used for mechanical loads' calculations shall be from
actual count of electrical fixtures installed. Construction document electrical lighting plans can
be used with verification by field survey.
F. Envelope Heat Transfer Coefficients (U and R values): Calculate wall and window U values and
solar gain factors from existing construction and details on plans.
(1) Storefront Glass is specified in original construction documents for U-value of 0.35 summer
and winter nighttime of 0.32 and a shading coefficient of 0.47. Allow for metal mullions and
frames.
(2) Walls are exterior 4" brick, interior 8" hollow block with gyp board in some finished areas.
Wall insulation is specified as 2" thick extruded polystyrene R=5.0/inch.
15000 - 1
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
(3) Roof insulation is 4" thick polyisocyanurate foam with R-value of 26, under standing seam
metal roof and over metal roof deck.
2. HV AC LOAD CALCULATIONS
Heating, cooling and humidity loads shall be calculated using computerized software equal to Trane
Trace 700, Carrier E-20-II, or equal. Ventilation loads shall be calculated in accordance with
ASHRAE 62. Humidity calculations may be done separately via software that follows ASHRAE
procedures:
A. Accurate determination of all room loads.
B. Determine room airflows to each ofthe spaces.
C. Roll up room airflows into air handler airflows. Application of the facility cooling diversity may
occur here.
D. Roll up the air handler loads into the cooling and heating plant loads. Application of the facility
cooling diversity may also occur here.
E. Use Transfer Functions or Cooling Load Temperature Difference / Cooling Load Factor
(CLTD/CLF) methods for cooling calculations, and instantaneous (UATD) methods for heating
calculations.
F Allow for a 20F duct pickup in all supply ducting;
G. Incorporate the fan brake horsepower into the cooling coil load.
3. SUBMITIALS
A. Submit 50% design plan and documents showing resulting load calculations, air flows, water
flows and required equipment capacities on room and equipment levels. Submit proposed pump
and humidifier equipment, sizes, equipment submittals and design layout drawings and electrical
design layout. Submit preliminary layout and control diagrams for Building Automation system.
Meet with Owner to discuss any comments. Modify designs to respond to Owner comments.
After Owner approval of design concepts and capacities proceed with 100% design.
S. Submit 100% design review documents clearly showing all proposed modifications and new
equipment. Provide formal submittal on all new equipment incorporating requirements stated
below. Meet with Owner to discuss any comments. Modify designs to respond to Owner
comments. After formal Owner approval in writing, proceed with construction. Construction
may proceed on specific time sensitive tasks (such as chiller installation) separate from other
tasks.
4. WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES
The Contractor shall submit a written warranty requiring the following:
A. Manufacturer shall warrant all parts and labor for a period of I year starting from the date of
substantial completion. Owner supplied chiller will be purchased with a 5 year warranty, see the
attached chiller RFP for more detail.
B. In addition to the requirements for corrections for deficient work included in the contract, the
following requirements apply:
(1) Replacement or coordination ofreplacement oflost refrigerant and refrigeration compressor
oil for one (1) year after the date of Substantial Completion (Beneficial Occupancy) shall be
made by the Contractor without additional charge.
15000 - 2
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
5. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTATION
Project Record Documents: Upon completion of installation, submit three copies of record (as-built)
documents. Provide the specified number of copies on both paper and CD-R media. Drawings shall
be submitted in DWG or DXF and PDF format. Reports, checklists, 0 & M manuals and training
manuals shall be submitted in PDF formats. The documents shall be submitted for approval prior to
final completion and shall include:
A. Buried Piping and Conduit: Mark the actual installed depths (invert elevations) of all buried
piping and show the measured horizontal distances from permanent features such as building
walls on record drawings. Mark all changes in the location of piping, ducts and equipment.
B. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manuals in coordination with the Owner. Use
multiple binders if a single binder would exceed 2 1/2 inches in thickness. Arrange the data in
the same sequence as the specification sections; delete or mark through extraneous data. Furnish
4 copies of manuals for all work hererin.
(1) Provide tab pages with metal or plastic reinforced holes to separate each major item or
closely related group of items with typed item names on the tabs. Supply a table of contents
at the beginning of each volume listing all items, the manufacturers and the name, address
and phone number of the nearest authorized service representative.
(2) Manuals shall be submitted to Owner for approval within two weeks of approval of submittal
data.
(3) Manuals shall include the following:
1. Valve lists for the various piping systems.
2. Warranties and guarantees.
3. Approved submittal data for all equipment and fixtures.
4. Manufacturer's 0 & M Instructions for all equipment and fixtures.
5. Equipment performance curves and tables (from submittal data).
6. For all equipment, manuals shall be provided that include:
(1) Equipment start up and shutdown procedures.
(2) Troubleshooting procedures. Maintenance instructions. Lubrication requirements.
(3) Parts list.
(4) Equipment servicing. Preventative maintenance schedules and procedures. List of
special tools required for maintenance.
15000 - 3
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
EQUIPMENT:
1. TERMINAL UNITS
A Test air terminal units in accordance with ARI Standard 880, Appendix A.
B Air terminal units shall include the following:
(1) Primary air control damper.
(2) Multipoint Velocity sensor: This Section shall provide velocity pressure/flow CFM curves to
the BAS vendor to enable proper CFM calculation.
(3) Manual variable speed fan controller.
(4) Disconnect switch.
(5) Primary Air Control Damper in Insulated Metal Casing: Volume regulation within 5 percent,
between 0.5 and 6.0 inches static pressure, water gage. The primary air device shall provide
shut-off with a leakage rate not over 2% at 1" S.P. or 4% of the rated CFM at 3" S.P. for
1,800 CFM and smaller units, and not over 6% at 3" S.P. for larger units.
(6) Fan Type: Direct-drive, forward curved, centrifugal fan.
(7) Fan/Motor: Internal vibration isolation with rubber isolators.
(8) Filter and Frame: Replaceable, 1 inch thick, 30% efficient, filter at the inlet of the fan
housing in a galvanized steel filter frame.
(9) Construction Filter: Replaceable, 1 inch thick, replace one week before Substantial
Completion. Unit shall be acoustically lined with 1" thick dual density neoprene coated glass
fiber.
(10) Housing: 20 gauge minimum galvanized sheet metal. (Seal all joints.)
(11) Electric Heaters: Heaters are to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and shall meet the
requirements of the National Electrical Code.
C. Terminal unit types for parallel flow (PFPU) shall be designed for intermittent fan operation. The
parallel type unit shall be designed to insure complete mixing of induced and primary air.
Manufacturer shall provide all necessary dampers or baffles to insure complete mixing prior to
any branch ducts takeoffs to diffusers.
2. ELECTRIC HUMIDIFIERS
A. General: Self contained electronically controlled with stainless steel distribution pipe including
condensate return piping.
B. Listing: UL listed.
C. Stainless Steel Construction: Vaporizing chamber, cover and fittings shall be constructed of
stainless steel with heli-arc welded seams.
D. StandardlDl Water: The humidifier shall have the capability of being field converted to run on
either standard or demineralized water without being removed from the installation. This shall be
accomplished through the use of a universal probe/float assembly and a software change.
E. Quick Removal Cover: quick removal threaded knobs shall secure the cover. The gasket shall be
held in place by flanges that are formed as part of the cover and as part of the evaporating
chamber. These flanges shall interlock in such a way that the sealing gasket is locked between
them.
15000 - 4
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
F. Immersion Heater(s): Heater(s) shall be alloy sheathed resistance type heater(s) designed for no
more than 95 watts per square inch. They shall be fastened through the top of the evaporating
chamber. The two threaded ends of each heater element shall pass through the top of the
evaporating chamber and be secured with threaded nuts to buss bars.
G. Thermal Overload Protection: A manual reset temperature switch shall be factory mounted and
wired above a heating element offset to a level above the other heating elements in the
evaporating chamber ensuring heater protection in the event of liquid level failure.
H. Heating Element Terminal Cover: A factory mounted and wired door interlock safety switch
shall de-energize the heaters when the cover is removed. This provides easy access to quick
change heating elements.
I. Inspection Plate/Sediment Tray: Provide tray to catch and hold minerals to facilitate periodic
clean-out. This tray rests on the floor of the evaporating chamber. The scale that is shed by the
heaters is caught in the tray and the tray is easily removed through the inspection opening for
emptying.
1. Electronic Water Level Control for Hard or Softened Water: System shall provide for automatic
refill, low water cut off and adjustable skimmer bleed-off functions. System shall consist of:
(l). A water level sensing unit comprised of three metallic probes screwed into a threaded probe
head. Probe head shall incorporate probe isolation skirts to eliminate short circuiting between
probes caused by mineral coating of probe head. Probe head shall be mounted on the top of
the vaporizing chamber.
(2). A solenoid operated fill valve factory mounted on the front of the humidifier.
(3). Microprocessor Control System.
K. Surface Skimmer/Overflow: Shall be provided which is electronically adjustable to provide for
optimum mineral removal with minimum water waste.
L. Control Cabinet. Shall be UL/CSA Listed lIC enclosure. Control devices shall be mounted on a
removable sub-panel within the enclosure. Control devices shall include Microprocessor Control
System, magnetic contactor for each heater, control circuit transformer, fuse set for each heating
stage, numbered terminal strip and such other. optional devices as hereinafter specified and all
interconnecting wiring. A wiring diagram is to be included and attached inside of cabinet door.
M. Microprocessor Control System: Shall be factory mounted and wired in the humidifier control
panel with humidity sensors field installed. Mounting instructions and a wiring diagram shall be
included and provide the following features and functions:
(l). LED "heartbeat" fault indicator. Performs software self-diagnosis at every start-up.
(2). Water make-up valve control and low water safety shutdown.
(3). Auto drain/flush sequence whereby microprocessor accumulates actual humidifying "ON"
time, and activates auto drain/flush sequence.
(4). End of season drain function, which activates when there has been no demand for
humidification over a 72-hour period.
(5). Four positions functional slide switch on microprocessor board with stops at, "AUTO",
"STANDBY", "DRAIN", and "TEST".
N. Electrical contactors shall be cycled equally for long life.
O. Microprocessor Control System Keypad/Digital Display Module: Shall be housed in a
thermoplastic enclosure (4-l/2"w x 6"h x 1-l/2"d). Module shall provide the following features:
15000 - 5
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
(1). The alphanumeric digital display portion shall continuously scroll all system functions
including:
a. Actual room or space RH.
b. Humidistat set point RH.
c. Duct RH. (in variable air volume applications)
d. High limit humidistat set point RH.
e. Per humidifier %. Total system demand (in % of total humidifier capacity) total system
output (Ibs/hr or kg/hr).
"Time until service" message
High limit and air flow proving circuit condition.
The keypad portion shall enable the user to reset or adjust the following functions:
a. Humidistat RH. setpoint
b. Humidistat RH. high limit setpoint (used with V A V package)
c. Auto drain/flush frequency interval
d. Auto drain duration
e. Auto flush duration
f. PID loop
g. Throttling range adjustment
h. Time to go until next auto drain/flush sequence
1. Setting of cycle and delay times for proportional control device
J. Electronic skim timer
k. Humidity and temperature transmitter trim adjustments
P. TP Modulation (Time Proportioning): System shall consist of a Microprocessor Control System
mounted and wired in the control cabinet and a modulating humidistat or sensor having an
operating range of 20% to 80% RH., shipped loose for wall mounting. The system shall
modulate the humidifier output from 0% to 100% of maximum capacity.
Q. Master/Slave Control: System shall consist of a Master and Slave control management system to
control multiple humidifiers (up to four). Each humidifier may have up to four stages of heaters
for a grand total of up to 16 stages. Heater stages shall be energized or de-energized sequentially
while one stage always modulates thus providing vernier control. System shall automatically
rotate modulating duty between all stages to equalize operational time. It shall also sequence
drain/flush cycles to allow only one humidifier to drain at anyone time.
R. Air Flow Proving Switch: SPOT switch in a plated housing Kele AFS-262 or equal.
S. Duct High Limit Humidistat: A two-position high limit humidistat having a range of 30% to 90%
shall be shipped loose for field installation. Humidistat shall sense humidity level within the duct
and protect against saturation of air stream.
f.
g.
(2).
T. Wall Brackets: Two wall brackets, for supporting humidifier from a vertical surface, shall be
provided.
U. Dispersion Tube System: Each tube bank shall consist of a header/separator and designated
quantity of dispersion tubes necessary to achieve the required steam capacity and absorption
distance. Header/separator shall span the width of the duct, be constructed of stainless steel and
be fitted with nipples for dispersion tube connections. The dispersion tubes shall extend the
height of the duct and shall be fitted with two rows of tube lets centered on the diametric line and
spaced 1-1/2" apart. These tubelets shall be made of non-metallic material designed for steam
15000 - 6
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
temperatures. Each tubelet shall extend through the wall of and into the center of the dispersion
tube and incorporate a properly sized calibrated orifice.
V. Control Cabinet Door Lock: Provide a door lock on control cabinet with a set of keys.
W. Controls: Through building central temperature control system (DDC).
x. Manufacturers:
(I). Dri Steam. (exists on site in Annex Building ABU's)
(2). Herrmidifier.
(3). Nortec, Inc.
3. GAS HUMIDIFIERS
A. Provide equivalent product to above by same manufacturers.
B. Provide code required combustion air, clearances and venting to exterior of building with code
required clearances.
C. Penetration of standing seam metal roof will not be allowed.
D. Sidewall venting must not detract from appearance of the building and may not be approved by
Owner on that basis.
E. Verify gas service is adequate for new loads.
F. Provide additional gas piping in compliance with Code.
4. CHILLED WATER PUMP
A. Provide a new in-line centrifugal chilled water pump installed and piped parallel to the existing
chilled water pump. Provide isolation valves, strainers, check valve and balancing valve
dedicated to the new pump.
B. The new pump shall be equal to Bell & Gossett Series 80.
C. The original construction documents do not address the use of glycol which does exist in the
chilled water system and is necessary for freeze protection of exposed exterior chiller components
and piping. It is not know if the existing pump develops adequate flow to compensate for effects
of glycol in the ABU coils, chiller and the pump itself. The Contractor shall calculate the
necessary head at design flow and provide a pump with adequate flow and horsepower to deliver
full cooling capacity of the chiller.
D. Provide an additional electrical circuit for the new pump if its horsepower exceeds the existing
pump, or if the existing circuit capacity is exceeded. If the existing circuit capacity is adequate
provide a transfer switch to allow the existing pump to operate in emergency back-up mode in the
event the new pump should fail.
15000 - 7
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
5. GLYCOL
A. Replace the existing chilled water system's glycol water solution with a prepared solution of 30%
(minimum 25% after dilution) ethylene glycol product equal to DOWTHERM SR-I and water
with inhibitors and water treatment suitable for chilled water service.
B. Drain the existing solution from the chilled water system and properly dispose of old solution in
an approved manner.
C. Thoroughly clean and flush the existing glycol solution from the chilled water piping system prior
to filling with new solution mixture.
D. At Contractor's option. Contractor mav provide an approved means of preventing chiller
and exposed piping from freezin!! durin!! winter power outage, in lieu of glvcol solution.
PLUMBING SYSTEMS:
1. GENERAL
This document establishes plumbing design criteria for the proposed facility and shall be used to
supplement local, state and national codes and laws, which are applicable to the work being
undertaken. In case of conflict, the more stringent requirement shall govern. The following
publications will be used as reference for design of the plumbing systems on this project:
A National Standard Plumbing Code (latest edition)
B National Fire Protection Association (NFP A) Codes (latest edition)
All materials shall be new and free of defects.
2. SCOPE OF WORK
Furnish all material, labor, transportation, tools, equipment and supervision to completely install and
leave ready for operation, complete plumbing modifications to the existing system in accordance with
this narrative.
The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following general items:
A Domestic cold water system.
3. DESIGN CRITERIA
A Water Distribution: Water will be distributed from the nearest adequately sized main to
humidifiers, hose bibs, and any other required pieces of equipment through an adequately sized
system of type L copper tubing and fittings. Water piping will be sized to limit velocity to 8 fps
in order to reduce pressure drop, noise and water hammer. Domestic water piping will be
insulated with Y2-inch thick fiberglass insulation with all service jacket and PVC fitting covers.
B All domestic water piping, other than exposed water piping to plumbing fixtures will be insulated
with fiberglass insulation with the thickness complying with the State Energy Code.
C Interior AHU mechanical room hose bibbs (one per room minimum), connecting to the domestic
water system will be provided for AHU maintenance.
D Valves will be provided to properly isolate pieces of equipment.
15000 - 8
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
E New cold water service will be provided in the domestic cold water system to supply the
humidification system in each air handler mechanical room.
4. PRODUCTS
A Pipe Materials:
(1) Domestic water piping above ground shall be Type L hard drawn copper tubing. Joints in 2-
112" and smaller piping shall be soldered using 95/5 lead free solder. Joints in 3" and larger
piping shall be brazed. During brazing, the piping shall be purged of oxygen with nitrogen to
prevent oxidation inside the piping. Domestic water service piping (to 5' outside of the
building) shall be cement lined ductile iron with mechanical joints.
(2) Backflow Preventer: Reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be provided on the
domestic water service inside the building where cold water connections are made to potable
cold water. Backflow preventers will also be provided at all hazardous connections such as
the make-up water supply to the HV AC system ifnew connections other than the existing one
are required.
5. INSTALLATION
General:
A Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B Install equipment plumb and level; anchor.
C Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance.
6. PIPING CONNECTIONS:
A Piping installed adjacent to equipment shall maintain clearances for service and maintenance.
B Install all devices in piping as required to meet the intent of these specifications and provide a
complete system.
7. CLEANING
A Clean all new equipment using materials and methods recommended by equipment
manufacturers.
B Clean finishes of all new equipment to remove dust and dirt.
C Clean and flush out all domestic water piping until the water runs clear.
8. ADJUSTING
A Adjust devices to provide a complete and working plumbing systems.
HV AC PIPING AND VALVE REQUIREMENTS
1. PIPING
A. Chilled water, condenser water, heating hot water:
(I) Size: Up to 2 inch.
a. Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ERW or Seamless, ASTM A53B.
b. Fitting: Malleable Black Steel, Screwed or Grooved, ASTM B16.3.
15000 - 9
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
or
c. Pipe: Copper, Type L Hard Drawn, ASTM B88.
d. Fitting: Wrought Copper or bronze solder joint pressure fittings, Soldered or Brazed,
ASTM BI6.22.
(2) Size: 2-1/2 thru 10 inch.
a. Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ERW or Seamless, ASTM A53B.
b. Fitting: Wrought or Forged Steel, Butt Welded or Grooved, Class 150, ASTM BI6.3.
(3) Size: Greater than 10 inch.
a. Pipe: Black Steel, Standard Weight, ERW or Seamless, ASTM A53B.
b. Fitting: Wrought or Forged Steel, Butt Welded or Grooved, Class 150, ASTM BI6.3.
B. Drain Pipe for AC Unit Condensate and Humidifier drains:
(1) Size: Up to 2 inch.
a. Pipe: Copper, Type DWV, ASTM B88.
b. Fitting: Wrought Copper, Soldered, ASTM B 16.22.
(2) Size: Greater than 2-1/2 inch.
a. Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ERW or Seamless, ASTM A53B.
b. Fitting: Malleable Black Steel, Screwed, ASTM BI6.3.
C Fittings
(I) General: Pressure ratings of all fittings shall be equal to or greater than the design pressure of
the systems in which they are installed. All fittings shall be manufactured from a material
that is compatible with the pipe material.
2. SHUT-OFF VALVES
A. Provide shut-off isolation valves for all new equipment and replace existing coil isolation valves
on both chilled water coils and hot water coils.
(1) Systems: Chilled, Hot and Condenser water
a. For 3" and smaller pipe: Ball or butterfly.
b. For 4" and larger: Butterfly.
(2) For isolation at pressure gauges: gauge cocks, needle, or ball valves.
3. BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
(1) Centerline.
(2) Crane.
(3) Demeo.
(4) Jenkins Valve, Inc.
(5) Grinnell.
(6) Keystone Valve Co.
(7) Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc.
(8) Stockham.
(9) Victaulic.
B. 2" and under: use ball valves
15000-10
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
C. 2-1/2" and Larger:
(1) Body material: Cast iron.
(2) Pressure rating: 200 psi WOG (based on bubble tight seal at the differential pressure
across the disc).
(3) Body configuration: Tapped lugs (suitable for drop tight shutoff for end of line service
with the downstream flange), extended neck.
(4) Disc material: Bronze alloy.
(5) Stem: Stainless steel.
(6) Seat Sleeve or Liner: Molded in EPDM.
(7) Operator: Hand lever for 5" and smaller; Gear operated for 6" and larger.
4. BALL V ALVES
A. Manufacturers:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
B. Body:
Apollo Ball Valve Division/Conbraco Industries, Inc.
Crane Valve.
Grinnell.
Hammond Valve Corporation.
Milwaukee Valve Company, Inc.
Neles Jamesbury.
Stockham.
The Metraflex Company.
Watts Regulator Company.
Worcester.
Flow Design Inc.
Brass or bronze.
C. Stem: Brass or bronze.
D. Ball: Bronze.
E. Pressure Rating: 400 psi at 2250F.
F. Seat: Replaceable Teflon.
G. Construction: Two pieces, conventional port, blow-out proof stem.
H. Handle: Steel hand lever with vinyl coating. When installed for chilled water and make-up water
service, provide valve with extended neck, plastic handle, insulation plug, moisture cap and
protective sleeve to accommodate insulation as manufactured by valve manufacturer with handle
kit for chilled water.
5. CHECK VALVES
A. Manufacturers:
(I) APCO Series 6000.
(2) CPV.
(3) Grinnell 502-1/2-500.
(4) Kelflex K-check.
(5) Metraflex.
(6) Mueller-MUESSCO #105AP and 203BP,
(7) Combination Pump Valve Co. 20B.
15000 - 11
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF rnSTORY
B. Description: Non slam silent spring loaded checks, stainless steel spring.
e. Body: 175 psi iron body bronze fitted globe style flanged for 2-1/2" and larger, screwed end
bronze body for 2" and smaller. .
(1) Up to 2 inches: 1I2-inch shutoff valve with 3/4" capped hose end connection and chain.
6. BALANCING VALVES
A. 2 112" and Larger: Butterfly valves with infinite setting adjustable memory stops.
B. 2" and Smaller:
(1) Description: Combination valve with adjustable limit stop.
(2) Manufacturers: Sarco Balance Master, Illinois Series 4000 or 5000, Fairbanks 4502, Flow
Design Inc. Accusetter
(3) Insulation: Provide removable molded insulation contoured to fit the balancing/shut off
valves in chilled water piping.
(4) For calibrated balancing and measurement valves, submittal shall indicate the necessary
straight pipe diameters upstream and downstream of the valve.
7. FLOW MEASURING BALANCING AND SHUTOFF VALVE (FMBV)
A. 2" and Smaller:
(I) Manufacturers:
a. Tour Anderson.
b. Mepco Model MBV.
c. Armstrong ABV
(2) Description and features:
Calibrated port.
Shut-off valve.
Gage connections with integral check valves.
Multi-turn handwheel. Quarter-turn valve not acceptable.
Valve position indicator.
Memory stop (allows shut off and return to set position without measurement).
Body material: Bronze, bronze alloy or dezincification brass.
Rating:
Sweat connection: 200 psig at 250 deg F.
Threaded: 400 psig at 250 deg F.
Flanged: 175 psig at 250 deg F.
Maximum pressure drop (with valve wide open) : I psig at design flow.
Insulation:
Provide molded insulation sized to match valve when used in chilled water system.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
(3)
(4)
a.
b.
c.
(5)
(6)
a.
B. Meter:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Case: Portable, durable.
Hoses: Two 10 foot fitted with valves to match valve ports.
Gauge: 6" face, 2% full-scale accuracy, three-valve manifold for over range protection.
15000 - 12
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
C. For calibrated balancing and measurement valves, submittal shall indicate the necessary straight
pipe diameters upstream and downstream of the valve.
8. TEST PLUGS
B.
C.
D.
E.
9.
A.
B.
C.
A. Manufacturers: Flow Design, Inc. Superseal; Peterson Engineering, Sisco, Trerice, Universal
Lanchester.
Description: Plug suitable to accept 1/8 " diameter thermometer stem or pressure gauge adapter.
Plug 1/4" male pipe thread by 2-3/4" long. Plug for uninsulated pipe shall be 1/4" male pipe
thread by 1/4" long.
Material: Brass body with dual Nordel seals, brass cap and cap retainer strap.
Rating 1000 psi at 270 deg F.
Accessories: Furnish pressure gauge adapters with probe, two pressure gauges and two 1"
diameter dial thermometers matched with the test plugs. Furnish a toolbox case with foam plastic
cushion liner and a tube of silicon lubricant.
GENERAL
When insulation exceeds 1 inch, all valve handles, air vents, test plugs, and drains shall be
extended and additional 1-1/2 inches to clear insulation.
When applicable, factory assembled and tested combination valves and components are
acceptable.
Piping, isolation valves and components shall be installed to allow pump, tube and coil removal
without cutting piping.
DUCTWORK REQUIREMENTS
1. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to NFPA 90A and 91.
B. Conform to the requirements of the following standards that do not conflict with regulatory
requirements or requirements of the contract documents; keep one copy at project site:
(1) SMACNA "HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible."
(2) SMACNA "Accepted Industry Practice for Industrial Duct Construction."
2. METAL DUCT MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: ASTM A 527.
(1) Coating: Conform to ASTM A 525, Class G90.
(2) Gauges: As required by latest SMACNA standard, minimum 0.02 1 7-inch (0.55 mm).
3. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE CLASS
A. Supply Duct Static Pressure Class:
(1) 3 inches W.g. Positive
B. Return Duct Static Pressure Class: 3 inch W.g. negative
C. Exhaust Duct Static Pressure Class (if required):
15000 - 13
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
(1) 3-inch w.g. negative upstream of fan, positive downstream.
D. Outside Air Duct Static Pressure Class: I inch W.g., negative.
4. AUTOMATIC CONTROL, BALANCING, AND BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
(1) Carnes Company.
(2) Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
(3) Ruskin Division/Philips Industries, Inc.
(4) Air Balance.
(5) Cesco Products.
(6) Arrow United.
(7) Dowco.
(8) Greenheck
B. See following sections for more detailed requirements.
AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS and AUTOMATIC DAMPERS
5.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
1.
Frame Material: Galvanized steel, 16 gauge minimum.
Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve, oil lite, oil impregnated bronze, ball bearing or nylon.
Blade Type: Aluminum or galvanized airfoil.
Shafts: 1/2" zinc plated steel.
Blade Edge Seal Material: Extruded vinyl.
Blade Side Seal Material: Stainless steel.
Blade Operation: Opposed for modulating operation. Parallel for two-position operation.
Operator Type: Pneumatic by Control Section.
Leakage: Maximum 0.1 % per AMCA 500 or 4 cfm/sq. ft. at I" W.G. differential for 48 x 48"
size.
J. Friction Loss: Maximum 0.06" W.G. at 2000 FPM.
K. Jackshafts: Provide as needed.
6. BALANCING DAMPERS
A. Frame Material: Galvanized steel, not less than 22 gauge.
B. Blade Type:
(1) Dampers shall be single blade type in rectangular ducts up to and including 12 inches x 12
inches size; Dampers larger than 12 inches in either direction shall be multi-blade dampers
and shall be the opposed blade type. Damper blades shall be interconnected by rods and
linkages to provide simultaneous operation of all blades. Damper shall be provided with an
extended rod to permit installation of a damper regulator and insulation.
(2) Dampers in round or oval duct shall be single blade.
C. Blade Operation: Manual.
15000 - 14
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
D. Control Shaft/Hand Quadrant: 3/8-inch square axle with locking hand quadrant for field
mounting.
E. Bearings: Molded synthetic
7. FIRE DAMPERS (if required)
A. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
(I)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(II)
Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
Nailor Hart Industries Inc.
Ruskin Division/Philips Industries, Inc.
National Controlled Air.
Prefco.
Safe Air.
Air Balance.
Cesco Products.
Arrow United.
Dowco.
Greenheck.
B. Label: tested, rated and labeled in accordance with UL 555 6th edition. Ceiling fire dampers
labeled according to UL 555C.
C. Type: Static, for use in system that are shutdown in the event of fire.
(I) Rating: UL labeled 1-1/2 hr; 212 degree F replaceable fusible link
(2) Blades: roll formed galvanized steel, curtain type. For horizontal type, provide blade lock and
stainless steel closure spring. For ceiling fire dampers provide refractory insulation.
(3) Frame: galvanized steel, type as noted below:
a. Dampers in ducts rated below 2" wg: type B, where the folded blade stack shall not enter
the air stream more than 4% ofthe opening height.
b. Dampers in ducts rated above 2" wg: type C or low profile with 100% free opening
except for a blade stack projection not exceeding 2% ofthe opening height.
(4) Mounting Sleeve: Galvanized steel. Provide mounting sleeve unless frame width allows
direct attachment of mounting angles.
8. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
(1) Duro Dyne Corporation.
(2) Ventfabrics, Inc.
B. Application: Flexible duct connector in all duct systems.
C. Material Description:
(I) Heavy glass fabric.
(2) 6 inches wide.
(3) Double coated with neoprene.
D. Edging Material: Galvanized sheet metal.
E. Seam: Sewn overlapped fabric.
15000 - 15
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
9.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
F. Seal: Make all joints airtight using a compatible duct sealer.
Flexible Connection Fabric Manufacturer
The following for indoor use only:
Neoprene coated 30 oz./sq. yd. Duro Dyne
Max. Temo.oF
200
Ventfabrics
200
The following for outdoor or indoor use:
White Hypalon coated
White Durolon coated
Green coated
V entlon Ventfabrics
Duro Dyne
Thermafab Duro Dyne
250
300
500
INSTALLATION
Locate equipment to allow clearances for servicing as recommended by manufacturer.
Fabricate duct in field to accommodate changes and to complete system. Use methods of
construction and sealing specified for shop fabrication.
Modify size, shape, and routing of duct to meet project conditions.
Provide flexible connections where ducts connect to equipment mounted on vibration isolators;
width of fabric shall be ample to provide slack connection flexibility for all movements due to
starting, running and stopping of the equipment.
Insulation: provide insulation on supply and outside air duct matching existing in color, thickness
and quality.
TEST AND BALANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
This section includes requirements for the Test and balance of air distribution systems.
The Test, Adjust and Balancing of the HV AC systems shall be accompiished by the Contractor.
The Contractor will be responsible for providing all required coordination between the Test and
Balance Agency and the HV AC systems. The Contractor shall determine the revised air flows
required at each existing supply exhaust or return fixture, and any revision in hot and chilled
water flows, from the required load and humidity calculations and submit this information to both
the Owner and the Test and Balance Agency in a single line diagram or marked print of the
mechanical distribution system.
The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems into full operation
and shall operate the systems at all times that test and balance work is in progress. The
Contractor's start up, adjustment and placing in operation of the mechanical systems shall include
but is not limited to assembly or repair of all parts, alignment of drives, tightening sheaves on
shafts, checking motors for correct rotation and reconnecting where necessary, verifying and
providing correct starter overload heaters ifrequired, removing dirt and blockage, and placing the
systems in good operating condition.
2 SUBMITI ALS
15000 - 16
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
The Contractor shall provide air and water balance diagrams or marked mechanical drawings
(after approval by the Owner) to the Test and Balance Agency in a timely manner.
3. QUALITY ASSURANCE
Testing and balancing shall be performed in accordance with this section and in accordance with
the Associated Air Balance Council National Standards for Total System Balance, Fourth Edition,
1982 or NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems.
4. BELT DRIVES
Adjustable speed drives shall be adjusted by the Test and Balance Agency. In cases where the
specified capacities cannot be obtained with the original adjustable sheave or original fixed drive
sheave, the Agency is to report to the Contractor the sheave size required to obtain the specified
capacity.
Where larger or smaller sheave sizes are required, the Contractor shall provide new sheaves and,
if required, new belts.
5. TERMINAL UNIT TESTING AND ADJUSTING
The Test and Balance Agency shall check the maximum and minimum CFM for all Terminal
Units, make adjustments to accessible external regulating devices to obtain the design air volumes
and list the maximum and minimum CFM in the test report.
6. CONTROL PERFORMANCE CHECK
The results produced by the operation of automatic controls shall be checked by the testing
agency in cooperation with the contractor; controls requiring adjustment shall be listed and
reported to the Contractor for correction.
7. REPORT VERIFICATION
At the discretion of the Owner, the Test and Balance Agency with the Owner shall perform field
verification of test report in accordance with Chapter 28 of the AABC Standard Report
Verification Procedures. Report verification shall be done within 90 days from the completed
Test and Balance report. The Contractor shall be available during this verification to operate the
HV AC system and make corrections if required.
COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
At completion of work on this project all new work will be commissioned by an independent
Commissioning Agent, who will be hired by the Owner and will respond directly to the Owner. The
Contractor will have the responsibility of operating new equipment provided and installed by the
Contractor and demonstrating to the Commissioning Agent that equipment meets performance
requirements and capacities and the installation is functionally complete. The duties ofthe
Commissioning Agent will be to:
15000 - 17
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
A. Yerify proper operation and functional performance of HY AC and electrical systems as defined
by the design-build performance requirements.
B. Document HY AC test inspections,
C. Yerify Operation and Maintenance manuals, as-built documents, spare parts listing, special tools
listings, and other items that may be specified in Contract Documents for support of HY AC
systems and equipment.
2. COMMISSIONING RESPONSIBILITY
Commissioning is the joint responsibility of the Contractor and the Commissioning Agent (hired
directly by the Owner). The Contractor shall provide necessary documentation to the Commissioning
Agent and provide team members to operate and demonstrate proper operation of Contractor provided
equipment and controls as part of the commissioning process.
3. DOCUMENTATION
Provide the following documentation to the Commissioning Agent:
A. Contract Documents (plans and specifications and all authorized revisions).
B. HY AC shop drawings and submittals.
C. Approved Test and Balance Reports.
D. Equipment start-up and Certification reports.
4. RESPONSIBILITES OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall provide all materials, services, and labor required to perform the pre-
commissioning checks and functional performance tests.
B. The Contractor shall provide above noted documentation to the Commissioning Agent.
C. The Contractor shall provide a regular commissioning team member to work with and coordinate
other construction trades with the Commissioning Agent's commissioning plan. The team
member shall have the authority to sign off with the Commission Agent when a system or
equipment item has successfully completed commissioning tests.
5. RESPONSIBILITES OF THE COMMISSIONING AGENT
A. The Commissioning Agent shall make use of Contact requirements to demonstrate system and
equipment to Owner and shall minimize to the extent possible additional Contractor operation of
equipment and systems.
B. The Commissioning Agent shall develop a formal commissioning plan with detailed checklists to
document each step of the completion of the performance requirements of the design build
contract.
6. THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS
A. A pre-commissioning test will be performed on all equipment and systems prior to final
commissioning functional testing. Pre-commissioning tests essentially verifies equipment is
installed, received proper start-up and is operational and has had contract required testing and
adjustments performed by the Contractor. Functional testing essentially verifies and documents
the equipment and systems operate correctly and to capacities specified. Tests shall begin with
equipment or components and shall progress through subsystems to complete systems.
15000 - 18
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
B. A pre-commissioning check or functional performance test shall be aborted if any system
deficiency prevents the successful completion of the test. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed
for additional costs associated with effort lost due to tests that are aborted. Deficiencies
discovered during these checks shall be corrected by the Contractor and re-tested. The checklist
shall be repeated until it has been completed with no errors.
C. Functional performance tests shall begin only after all pre-commissioning checks have been
successfully completed. Detailed commissioning check lists and functional testing will
concentrate on control systems and the demonstration oftheir proper operation in multiple modes
of operation. Each functional test will be initialed by both the Commissioning Agent and the
Contractor's team member at the successful completion of each test.
D. All documentation, including submittals, O&M manuals will be checked and verified when
complete. Test and balance report will be verified and may be backed up with independent spot
testing under the direction ofthe Commissioning Agent.
E. Additional Seasonal Functional Performance Tests: Systems with seasonal changeover such as
separate heating and cooling modes shall be tested in follow-up Functional Performance Tests up
to 12 months after initial Functional Performance Test. A separate report with completed
checklists will be performed for each seasonal Functional Performance Test.
END OF SECTION 15000
15000 - 19
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL DESIGN NARRATIVE
Existing Condition Information
The building is served at 208/120 volts from a Georgia Power Co vault. Records show two (2),
1000 kV A network transformers within the vault serving this facility.
Record drawings indicate service entrance consists of three (3) parallel, copper conductor sets of
600 kcmil terminating in a l200A fusible switch.
Scope
Design-Build Contractor (Contractor) must determine the adequacy of the eXlstmg service
entrance to accommodate existing building loads along with new humidification equipment
(humidifiers) and to a lesser degree new chilled water pump and two electrically heated office fan
powered terminal units. Contractor will evaluate and establish existing building electrical loads
with metering, testing, and/or review of Georgia Power electrical usage records. This information
will establish the baseline loads from which appropriate design and construction activities will be
based. The building's existing electrical distribution will be evaluated to determine its electrical
capacity and physical limitations to serve the new humidifiers. (A very preliminary analysis
indicates the existing panel may only accept approximately 30kW of additional load before it is
fully loaded.)
The Contractor is encouraged to consider natural gas options for humidification equipment in lieu
of electrical in order to lessen the new loads' impact on existing electrical distribution.
The following Options that should be considered by the Contractor include but are not limited to:
Option 1: Replace existing 80% rated, l200A service switch with a 100% rated enclosed circuit
breaker. Service entrance conductors configuration to remain as is. Modify building distribution
to accommodate each new electrical humidifier. (A very preliminary analysis indicates this
modification may only accept an additional, approximate 100kW of load)
Option 2: Establish a two (2)-disconnect service entrance by adding additional copper service
entrance sets to the existing and adding in the existing electrical room a second service entrance
rated disconnect such as a 100% rated enclosed circuit breaker. See 2005 NEC 230.40 Exception
2 and 230.2. Include new distribution to accommodate each new electrical humidifiers.
Option 3: Establish a completely new service entrance apparatus with 100% main disconnect and
with enough distribution circuit breakers to serve the existing l200A disconnect switch, and each
electrical humidifier and other new load. This option may require some building and/or partition
modifications, (namely code requirement for two exits from the electrical room if the service
reaches that critical size).
16000 - 1
ELECTRICAL DESIGN NARRATIVE
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
Fault Current Analysis: Obtain fault current available from Georgia Power and perform computer
based fault calculations to determine bus bracing and interrupting ratings of new distribution
apparatus and equipment. In addition, determine the status of existing bus bracing and existing
distribution apparatus and equipment compared to the calculated available fault current. Include a
Table of Equipment Analysis that shows a Pass/Fail status for each piece of existing apparatus.
Include a cost estimate to modify and/or replace equipments that Fail.
Utility History:
The following utility history is for the year 2006. Correct the following data for the fact that one
of the two 45 ton compressors for the existing 90 ton air cooled chiller was inoperable for the
entire year and would have drawn up to an additional 58kW of demand had it operated.
Billing Peak kW
Month Meter Read Days Total kWh Demand
Jan-2006 1/12/2006 31 34400 94
Feb-2006 2/13/2006 32 35400 92
Mar-2006 3/14/2006 29 32400 118
Apr-2006 4/12/2006 29 46200 132
May-2006 5/11/2006 29 59000 134
Jun-2006 6/13/2006 33 76400 174
Jul-2006 7/12/2006 29 81000 162
Aug-2006 8/15/2006 34 101600 164
Sep-2006 9/12/2006 28 79200 178
Oct-2006 1 0/11/2006 29 67600 154
Nov-2006 11/10/2006 30 49400 146
Dec-2006 12/13/2006 33 43000 146
END OF SECTION 16000
16000 - 2
ELECTRICAL DESIGN NARRATIVE
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
SECTION 17000 - REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROLS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. BAS-IBS Network Integration: The Building Automation System - Intelligent Building
Systems (BAS-IBS) consists of a fully integrated direct digital control (DDC) building
automation system that includes the following systems communicating directly over a common
communications network:
1. Building automation system with intelligent building system integration (BAS-IBS)
B. Wiring: The BAS-IBS shall be responsible for control arid network wiring, plenum above
accessible ceiling, EMT conduit with set-screw fittings in mechanical rooms
C. Integration: Responsibility for the overall BAS-IBS system integration and coordination with
Augusta Richmond County IT department to add this system to the existing Siemens Building
Technologies Apogee network server.
D. Coordination of Work: See other requirements of this Section and requirements of scope
document of this proiect for additional requirements for coordination of work among the
project specification sections and the contractor/subcontractors involved in this project.
E. General compliance requirements: Provide a complete and operable system in compliance with
the project drawings, specifications, referenced standards, all applicable building codes, and all
requirements of the AllJ. The scope of this contract includes all planning, design, materials,
equipment, labor, configuration, programming, testing, startup/commissioning services, and
documentation costs for a complete and operable system, meeting all requirements indicated on
the drawings or contained in the specifications. Comply with all contract documents,
specifications, drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and requirements of the Owner and AHJ.
Where conflicts exist between applicable documents or standards, the most stringent
requirements shall apply. Work includes all items required for a complete system whether or
not it is identified in the specification or on the drawings.
F. Complete and Usable Work: Provide complete and usable work in accordance with the contract
documents. Provide all materials and equipment, along with all accessories and additional work
required for field conditions, as well as additional work and accessories required for complete,
usable, and fully functional construction and systems, even if not explicitly specified or
indicated. Provide a complete and operable system in full compliance with all requirements on
the drawings and all specification. requirements, and shall include but not be limited to all
required accessories, devices, equipment, wiring, programming, configuration, and work
required to provide a complete and operable system complying with all drawing, specification,
and performance requirements. If necessary in order to comply with all contract requirements,
provide controllers and control panels with greater capabilities and capacities than those
indicated. The drawings are diagrammatic and the specifications are performance-based;
provide all work required to comply with the drawings and specifications, even ifnot explicitly
indicated or specified. Coordinate installation work with all field conditions and the work of
other trades. Minimum clearances and work required for compliance with NFP A 70, "National
Electrical Code" and the manufacturer's instructions shall be provided. Comply with additional
requirements indicated for access and clearances. The Contractor shall verify all field
conditions and dimensions that affect the selection and provision of materials and equipment,
17000 - 1
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
and shall locate equipment, devices, and wiring as required to comply with all contract
requirements.
G. Repair. rework and replace if necessary dampers on AHU mixing box section and multizone+-------{ Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
sections until they operate in a fully functional and dependable manner. Specifically, one
mixing box damper on AHU-4 is frozen and may need replacement.
~Minimum Points Required:
1. Each temperature control zone: provide readout of temperature and humidity in zone
and setpoint control with local thermostat adjustment +/- 30F from adjustment.
2. Air Handlers:
i. Start/stop and status of AHU fan motors
11. Chilled water valve position
iii. Cooling coil leaving air temperature
IV. Heating coil valve position (each coil)
v. Heating coil leaving air temperature (each coil)
vi. Return air temperature and humidity
vii. Mixed air temperature
V\ll. Return air damper position
ix. Outside air damper position
x. Humidifier status and % load
xi. Humidifier alarm
+-------{ Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
3. Chiller:
1. Enable and status of chiller
ii. Leaving chilled water setpoint control
iii. Chilled water supply and return temperature (via sensors in piping mains)
iv. Chiller alarm
v. Pump status (chiller enable should turn on)
vi. Standby pump status ( old pump).
4. Boiler:
I. Enable and status of boiler
ii. Pump status (enable should turn on pump)
iii. Entering and leaving water temperatures (via sensors in piping mains)
5. Fans: start/stop and status for each fan
6. Terminal units: provide DDC interface for two new terminal units in perimeter offices.
7. Lighting Control: determine existing circuiting of all building and parking lot lighting
and provide control relay and time clock programming for each lighting circuit.
LGraphics: provide basic graphic representation for each of the equipment items listed above+-------{ Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
with active screen status and control points.
17000 - 2
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
LProvide Access to Existing Annex BAS: This work is included in base bid and would be
deleted if Alternate # 2 is taken. The existing Annex Building BAS is a Johnson Metasys
control system that is locked in a secured area and not accessible outside of that area. This work
provides access to the Metasys System as follows:
1. Contractor shall provide the ability for the Museum staff to be able to monitor the
existing Annex DDC control system from any computer connected to the Museum's
computer network. The existing control system is a Johnson Controls Metasys system.
This interface shall be accomplished by having Johnson Controls connect the existing'
Metasys supervisory control panel, located in the Annex building, to the Museum's
computer network. Coordinate the Museum's IT service provider in providing Johnson
Controls with a TCP/IP address and an RJ45 Ethernet connection adjacent to the
existing Johnson Control supervisory panel. Johnson Controls to provide a graphical
interface for monitoring status and setpoint adjustment of the Annex CHW system as
well as graphics of all Annex air handlers and V A V boxes.
2. Johnson Control Contact:
Gill W. Holland
Johnson Controls Inc.
14 Woodcross Drive
Columbia, SC 29212
803-749-7336 (Phone)
803-781-6696 (Fax)
Email: gill.w.hollandlalici.com
LAltemate #2: if taken alternate number two shall replace the existing Johnson Metasys control+-------{ Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
system in the Annex building with a Siemens system down to each controlled device. Provide
full integration of all existing points on the Annex system and provide graphic interface for
those points.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general condition of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions, Owner Requirements, and Division 1 specifications shall apply to
this section.
B. Coordinate with work specified in other sections:
1.3
A.
CODES AND STANDARDS
General: All work, including but not limited to: cabling, pathways, support structures, wiring,
equipment, installation and workmanship shall comply with the latest editions of the
requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (ARJ), National Electrical Code, National
Electrical Safety Code, all applicable local rules and regulations, equipment manufacturer's
instructions, and the National Electrical Contractor's Association (NECA) Standard of
Installation. In case of discrepancy or disagreement between the documents noted above, the
Contractor shall satisfy the most stringent requirements.
B. Applicable Codes and Standards:
1. ANSIITIA/EIA 862 Building Automation Systems Cabling for Commercial
Buildings, April 11, 2002
17000 - 3
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
A.
ANSIITIA/EIA 569 - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications
Pathways and Spaces.
International Standards Organization/International Electrotechnical Commission
(ISO/IEC) DlS 11801, January 6,1994.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL ) Cable Certification and Follow Up Program.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM).
National Electric Code (NEC), Latest Issue
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
BAS STANDARDS - The Building Automation System (BAS) manufacturer Siemens
shall furnish and install a fully integrated building automation system, incorporating
direct digital control (DDC) for energy management, equipment monitoring and control,
and subsystems with open communications capabilities as herein specified.
Provide open communications system. The system shall be an open architecture with the
capabilities to support a multi-vendor environment. To accomplish this effectively,
system shall be capable of utilizing standard protocols as follows as well as be able to
integrate third-party systems via existing vendor protocols. System shall be BACnet
communication according to ASHRAE standard ANSI/ASHRAE 135-2001. The system
shall not be limited to only use open communication protocols, but also be able to
integrate a wide variety of third-party devices and applications via existing vendor
protocols and through the latest software standards.
The intent is to either use the Operator Workstation provided under this contract to
communicate with control systems provided by Siemens or to allow information about
the system provided in this contract to be sent to existing Richmond County workstations.
This allows the user to have a single seat from which to perform daily operation.
Communications for this system and system database shall reside on the Richmond
County Siemens Server located at 520 Greene Street Room B02, Augusta Georgia 30911.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
B. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Division 1, except as modified by additional
requirements specified in this section or other specification sections. Submittals shall be
presented in a clear and thorough manner and shall include all information required by the
applicable specification sections. Submit quantities specified in Division 1, unless directed
otherwise by the Owner's Representative.
C. For shop drawings, product data, samples, test reports, or other submittals that require more
than two reviews for the same material or equipment by the Owner's Representative, the Owner
reserves the right to obtain compensation from the Contractor to defray the cost of the
additional submittal reviews that result from submittal incompleteness, incorrect information,
or non-compliance with the contract provisions. The Owner will notify the Contractor of the
hourly rates for the additional submittal reviews, and will issue an invoice to the Contractor for
the additional review cost. Payment of the additional submittal review costs by the Contractor
is required within 30 days of invoicing. Past due invoices will be have the amounts due
deducted from the contract amount due the contractor.
17000 - 4
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
D. The Contractor shall not be eligible for extensions of contract schedule or additional charges
resulting from additional reviews of submittals resulting from incompleteness, incorrect
information, or non-compliance with the contract provisions.
E. Approval Submittals: Prior to ordering of materials, beginning work, and prior to the pre-
installation meeting specified herein, submit the specified documentation in the complete set
quantities required by the Owner's Representative, or as specified in the project specification
general requirements. Submittals of related systems shall be fully coordinated and submitted
for review concurrently. Submit compliance certifications and submissions to the Authority
Raving Jurisdiction (ARJ) where specified.
F. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prepare manuals in accordance with Division 1 and
additional requirements specified in this section or other sections. Include data for each type
product, including all features and operating sequences, both automatic and manual. Include
recommendations for spare parts to be stocked at the site. Provide the names, addresses, and
telephone numbers of service organizations that carry stock of repair parts for the system to be
provided. Upon project completion, submit operation and maintenance manuals, consisting of
the following:
1. Index sheet, listing contents in alphabetical order
2. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance
curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial
numbers of replacement parts.
3. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine
and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and
emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions.
4. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;
disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
5. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
6. Manufacturer's equipment parts list of all functional components of the system, Auto-
CAD disk of system schematics, including wiring diagrams
7. As-Built interconnection wiring diagrams
8.
9.
Operator's Manual
Manufacturer's user
maintenance.
manuals for operations, administration, installation, and
G. Test Reports: Submit results of all required factory and field testing. Submit results of all
required startup and commissioning. Trend data on system points associated with PID Loops
shall be documented using Trend Graph to prove control loops have been tuned.
1.5 PRE-INSTALLA TION MEETING
A. General: Convene a pre-installation meeting at least 14 calendar days prior to commencing
Work of this Section. Schedule the meeting at least 14 calendar days in advance. Require
17000 - 5
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
attendance of parties directly affecting Work of this Section. Review conditions of operations,
procedures and coordination with related Work.
B. Agenda:
1. Tour, inspect, and discuss building conditions relating to telecommunications system
cabling and equipment, coordination with Telephone Utility Company, Owner's
telecommunications system requirements, and coordination with existing conditions
and other work in the contract.
2. Review exact location of each item within building construction, casework, and
fixtures, and their requirements.
3. Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be completed.
4. Review drawings and specifications.
5. Review proposed equipment, cabling, and related work.
6. Review and finalize construction schedule related to telecommunications system and
verify availability of materials, personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make
progress and avoid delays.
7. Review required inspections and testing.
8. Review cable routing and support provisions.
1.6 WARRANTY
C. General Requirements: Comply with additional requirements in Division 1 and extended
warranties required in other specification Sections. Provide all services, materials and
equipment necessary for the successful operation of the entire BAS-IBS and SCS-IBS system
for a period of one year after beneficial use. Scope of warranty includes all equipment, devices,
wiring, accessories, software, hardware, installation, programming, and configuration required
to maintain a complete and operable system. Provide manufacturer's published recommended
preventative maintenance procedures during the warranty period. The contractor shall furnish
the Owner a minimum one (1) year's warranty on materials and workmanship furnished and
performed under this contract, plus additional warranties specified in other specification
sections of this project, including but not limited to specification sections related to the BAS-
IBS and SCS systems. This shall apply to all items except those specifically excluded, or items
wherein a longer period of service and warranty is specified or indicated. All warranties shall
be effective for one year, minimum, from the date the "Certificate of Final Acceptance" is
issued. Use of systems provided under this section for temporary services and facilities shall
not constitute Final Acceptance of work nor beneficial use by the Owner and shall not institute
warranty period. The warranty shall cover repair or replacement of defective materials,
equipment, workmanship, and installation that may be incurred during this period. Warranty
work is to be done promptly and to the Owner's satisfaction. In addition, the warranty shall
cover correction of damage caused in making. necessary repairs and replacements under
warranty. Additional warranty responsibilities are:
1. Obtain written equipment and material warranties offered in manufacturer's published
data without exclusion or limitation, in Owner's designated name.
2. Replace material and equipment that require excessive service during the guarantee
period as determined by the Owner.
17000 - 6
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF IDSTORY
3. Provide 24-hour service beginning on the date of Substantial Completion and lasting
until the termination of the warranty period. Service shall be at no cost to the Owner.
Service can be provided by installing contractor or by a separate service organization.
Choice of service organization shall be subject to Owner's approval. Submit name and
a phone number that will be answered on a 24-hour basis each day of the week, for the
duration of the service.
4. Submit copies of equipment and material warranties to Owner before final acceptance.
5. At end of guarantee period, transfer manufacturers' equipment and material warranties
still in force to the Owner.
6. If warranty work problems cannot be corrected immediately to Owner's satisfaction,
advise Owner in writing, describing efforts to correct the situation, and provide analysis
of cause for the problem. If necessary to resolve the problem, provide at no cost the
services of the manufacturer's engineering and technical staff at the site in a timely
manner to analyze the warranty issues, and develop recommendations for correction,
for review and approval by the Owner
D. . This paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit the Owner's rights under applicable codes and
under this Contract.
E. Other Specification Sections may specify warranty requirements that exceed those of this
Paragraph.
F. Provide mechanical completion a Technical Service proposal for system coverage matching
existing coverage as an amendment to the existing Siemens Building Technologies TSP
program with Richmond County.
1.7 COMPLETENESS OF WORK
A. Complete and Usable Work: The contractor is responsible for providing complete and usable
work in accordance with the contract documents. All materials and equipment shall be provided
with all accessories and additional work required for field conditions, as well as additional
work and accessories required for complete, usable, and fully functional construction and
systems, even if not explicitly specified or indicated. The electrical systems in this contract
shall be provided as complete and operable systems in full compliance with all requirements on
the drawings and all specification requirements. The drawings are diagrammatic and the
specifications are performance-based, and the Contractor shall provide all work required to
comply with the drawings and specifications, even if not explicitly indicated or specified. The
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating installation of the electrical systems with all
field conditions and the work of other trades. Minimum clearances and work required for
compliance with NFP A 70, "National Electrical Code" and the manufacturer's instructions shall
be provided. Comply with additional requirements indicated for access and clearances. The
Contractor shall verify all field conditions and dimensions that affect the selection and
provision of materials and equipment, and shall provide any disassembly, reassembly,
relocation, demolition, cutting and patching required to provide the work specified or indicated,
including relocation and reinstallation of existing wiring and equipment. The Contractor shall
protect from damage resulting from the Contractor's operations the existing facility, equipment,
and wiring. Extra charges for completion and contract time extension will not be allowed on
account of field conditions or additional work required for complete and usable construction
and systems.
17000 - 7
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF lITSTORY
B. Installation and Coordination: Use judgment and care to install electrical work to function
properly and fit within building construction and finishes. Provide electrical conductors,
conduit, and components not shown or specified that are required for any device or system to
function as a complete and fully operational system. Verify device/equipment-mounting heights
as required by project conditions prior to rough-in. Route conduits and wiring associated with
new equipment and systems above ceilings, in existing chases, and concealed within building
structure, except where indicated of specified to be exposed. Provide proper number of
conductors and conduits or cables to provide a complete and fully operational system for all
work indicated on the Contract Documents. Provide conduit wiring and electrical connections
to motors, safety switches, starters, relays, electrical interlock circuit valves, unit heaters, fan
coil units, air handling units, and other similar equipment, required for system to be complete
and ready for operation. Coordinate with and review other sections of the specifications
describing electrical equipment in order to provide complete and operational systems.
C. Drawings and Specifications form complementary requirements; provide work specified and
not shown, and work shown and not specified as though explicitly required by both. Except
where explicitly modified by a specific notation to the contrary, it shall be understood that the
indication or description of any item, in the drawings or specifications or both, carries with it
the instruction to furnish and install the item, provided complete. .
D. As used in these Sections, "provide," means "furnish and install." "Furnish" means "to purchase
and deliver to the project site complete with every necessary appurtenance and support," and
"install" means "to unload at the delivery point at the site and perform every operation
necessary to establish secure mounting and correct operation at the proper location in the
project. "
E. Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees, and obtain necessary approvals
from authorities that have jurisdiction as required to perform work in accordance with all legal
requirements and with Specifications, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders, all of which are
part of Contract Documents.
F. Provide supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, devices and materials necessary
for a sound, secure and complete installation. Examine Drawings and other Sections of the
Specifications for requirements that affect work of this section. Completely coordinate work of
this Section with work of other Sections and provide a complete and fully functional
installation. Refer to all other Drawings and other Specifications Sections that indicate types of
construction in which work shall be installed and work of other Sections with which work of
this Section must be coordinated
G. Items referred to in singular number in Contract Documents shall be provided in quantities
necessary to complete the work.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Verification: Carefully verify the location, use and status of all material, equipment, and
utilities that are specified, indicated, or deemed necessary for removal. Verify that all materials,
equipment, and utilities to be removed are completely inactive and will not be required or in
use after completion of the project. Replace with equivalent any material, equipment and
utilities that were removed by the Contractor that are required to be left in place.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
17000 - 8
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
1. Notify owner in writing at least 14 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.
3. Equipment Installation:
4. Determine suitable path for moving unit substation into place; consider Project
conditions.
5. Verify clearance requirements and locate equipment to meet installation tolerances.
6. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated to those required to suit Project.
1.9 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1.10 DAMAGE
A. The Contractor shall protect and leave in perfect condition all work. Any adjustments between
subcontractors, relative to damage to work or materials, shall be the responsibility of the
primary Contractor.
1.11 PERMITS
A. The contractor shall secure and pay for all licenses, permits, and inspection fees required by
local agencies and/or other agencies having jurisdiction. The contractor, by submitting his bid,
agrees to furnish any additional labor or material required in order to comply with all local and
other agencies having jurisdiction at no additional cost. The contractor shall obtain certificates
of inspection and approval from all authorities having jurisdiction, and forward copies of same
to the Owner's Representative.
1.12 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to submitting a proposal, the bidder shall examine the site and review the contract
drawings and specifications, and shall determine the exact extent of the work required. Bidders
shall include in their proposals all materials, labor, and equipment required to complete the
work indicated and required. Work that is necessary to obtain the complete and usable project
as specified herein shall be included in the bidder's proposal, even ifnot indicated or specified.
B. Should the bidders have any questions as to the intent of the drawings and/or specifications,
quality of materials to be used, and work to be performed, questions shall be submitted in
writing, to the Owner's Representative.
C. Claims for extra payment will not be allowed due to unfamiliarity with the work to be
performed by other trades, existing conditions at the job site, local or state laws and codes and
alterations due to field conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
17000 - 9
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF mSTORY
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Siemens Building Technologies, Augusta Georgia Branch. Tim Williams (706) 228-2966 ext.202
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 BAS-IBS AND SCS WORK - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of BAS-IBS and SCS-IBS
systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements as a minimum:
1. Coordinate systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building
components.
2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress
of construction, to allow for wiring, cabling, and equipment installations.
4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in
poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring
positioning prior to closing in the building.
6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials,
and equipment to provide the maximum headroom and access for service and
maintenance as possible.
7. Coordinate connection of materials, equipment, and systems with exterior underground
and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing
regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required
connection for each service.
S. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data,
including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements
indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown
only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual
system requirements, request direction in writing from the Owner's Representative.
9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to
other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces.
10. Install cab ling, wiring, and equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for
ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.
11. Provide access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces.
12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems
required to be installed at a specified slope.
13. Comply with all requirements and work indicated on the drawings.
17000-10
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
14. Avoid interference with structure and with work or other trades, preserving adequate
headroom and clearing doors and passageways to satisfaction of the Owner and in
accordance with code requirements.
15. Install equipment and cabling/wiring so as to properly distribute equipment loads on
building structural members provided for equipment support under other Sections.
Roof-mounted equipment shall be installed and supported on structural steel or roof
curbs as appropriate.
16. Provide suspended platforms, strap hangers, brackets, shelves, stands or legs as
necessary for floor, wall and ceiling mounting of equipment as required.
17. Provide steel supports and hardware for proper installation of hangers, anchors, guides,
and other support hardware.
18. Obtain and analyze catalog data, weights, and other pertinent data required for proper
coordination of equipment support provisions and installation.
19. Structural steel and hardware shall conform to Standard Specifications of ASTM; use
of steel and hardware shall conform to requirements of Section Five of Code of
Practice of American Institute of Steel Construction.
20. Verify site conditions and dimensions of equipment to ensure access for proper
installation of equipment without disassembly that would void the warranty.
3.2 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Install equipment in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Install equipment level and plumb. Install wiring and cabling between equipment
and all related devices.
B. Mounting: For equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on structural steel channel strut
bolted to the wall. For equipment not at walls, provide freestanding racks fabricated of
structural steel members gnd slotted structural steel channel strut. Use feet consisting of 0.25-
inch thick steel plates, 6-inch square, bolted to the floor. Use feet for welded attachment of
vertical posts not over 3 feet on center. Connect the posts with horizontal U channel steel strut
and bolt the control equipment to the channels.
C. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars
of finish to match original finish. Clean devices internally using methods and materials as
recommended by manufacturer.
D. Connections: Tighten wiring connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings, including lugs,
screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for
equipment connectors. Where the manufacturer does not publish connection or terminal torque
values, comply with the torque values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1. In addition to the
requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply:
17000 - 11
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
1. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to
uncover Work to provide for installation of ill timed Work.
2. Remove and replace defective Work.
3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing.
5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures.
B. Demolition and Removal: Cut, remove, and legally dispose of selected equipment,
components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of material,
equipment, devices, and other items indicated to be removed and items made obsolete by the
new Work.
C. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of
dust and dirt to adjacent areas.
D. Protection of Work: Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not
indicated or scheduled to be removed. During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent
installations. Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials specified for
the original installation and experienced Installers.
PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVES
3.4
A.
General: Coordinate work with other Sections. Set sleeves in forms before concrete is poured.
Provide core drilling as necessary if walls are poured, or otherwise constructed, without sleeves
and a wall penetration is required. Do not penetrate structural members. Provide sleeves and
packing materials at all penetrations of foundations, walls, slabs (except on-grade), partitions,
and floors. Sleeves shall meet requirements ofthe pertinent specifications. Layout penetration
and sleeve openings in advance, to permit provision in work. Set sleeves and conduit in forms
before concrete is poured. Provide remedial work where sleeves and conduits are omitted or
improperly placed.
B. Sleeve Fill: Sleeves that penetrate outside walls, basement slabs, footings, and beams shall be
waterproof. Fill slots, sleeves and other openings in floors or walls if not used. Fill spaces in
openings after installation of conduit or cable. Fill for floor penetrations shall prevent passage
of water, smoke, fire, and fumes. Fill shall be fire resistant in fire floors and walls, and shall
prevent passage of air, smoke and fumes. Sleeves through floors shall be watertight and shall
extend 2 inches above floor surface. Where raceways passing through openings are exposed in
finished rooms, finishes of filling materials shall match and be flush with adjoining floor,
ceiling, and wall finishes.
C. Conduit Sleeves:
1. Annular space between conduit and sleeve shall be at least 1/4 inch.
2. Sleeves shall not be provided for slabs-on-grade unless specified or indicated
otherwise.
3. For sleeves through rated fire walls and smoke partitions, comply with requirements for
firestopping specified in section "Firestopping".
D. Supports: Do not support piping risers or conduit on sleeves.
E. Future Use: Identify unused sleeves and slots for future installation.
17000 - 12
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUSTA MUSEUM OF HISTORY
3.5
A.
CORE DRILLING
Core drilling shall be avoided where possible. Where core drilling is unavoidable locate all
required openings prior to coring. Notify Owner in writing, at least 7 days in advance. of
proposed location( s) of core drilling. Include description of proposed dust mitigation measures.
Coordinate openings with other trades and utilities, and prevent damage to structural
reinforcement. Thoroughly investigate existing conditions in vicinity of required opening prior
to coring. Set sleeves prior to installation of structure for passage of pipes, conduit, ducts, etc.
Protect all areas from damage.
3.6
CLEANING
A. Cleaning shall be performed prior to commissioning. After completion of project, clean the
exterior surface of all equipment, including concrete residue, dirt, paint residue, etc.
3.7 ACCESS AND ACCESS PANELS
A. Where Required: Provide access to materials and equipment that require inspection,
replacement, repair or service. Provide access panels and/or doors as required to allow service
of all equipment components. Provide access panels where items installed require access and
are concealed in floor, wall, furred space or above ceiling. Ceilings consisting of lay-in or
removable splined tiles do not require access panels. Locations of equipment requiring access
shall be noted on record drawings. Access panels shall have same fire rating classification as
surface penetrated.
B. Coordination: Coordinate and prepare a location, size, and function schedule of access panels
required to fully service equipment and deliver to the Owner.
C. Construction: Panels shall be at least 12 inches by 12 inches, and located to provide optimum
access to equipment for maintenance and servicing. Verify access panel locations and
construction with Owner's Representative.
3.8 STARTUP AND OPERATIONAL TESTING OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. General: The Owner maintains the right to have access to the entire project site to develop
operational procedures. Completion of start up and field testing shall be accomplished as a
prerequisite for substantial completion. Operate and maintain systems and equipment until
final acceptance by the Owner. All guarantees and warranties shall not begin until final
acceptance of the systems and equipment by the Owner. Acceptance requires, at a minimum,
complete systems startup and testing.
B. Requirements:
I. In addition to the following requirements see section 15000, subsection on+-----h{ Formatted: Bullets and Numbering
Commissioning for additional requirements for fully commissioning and documenting
all controls, to include but not be limited to verification of proper setup and operation
of each controls devices and functional testing of all control sequences.
17000 - 13
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
LProvide installation testing of equipment where required by manufacturer's installation
instructions.
LFor all controls and operating equipment, submit equipment/systems to at least three
complete operational sequences, in which all equipment operations are tested,
observed, and verified. Seasonal test shall be performed as part of this requirement.
One test of operation during warranty for Summer Mode, Winter Mode, Fall Mode and
Spring Mode as coordinated with the owner.
LPrior to substantial completion and project acceptance inspection, submit test reports to
indicated scope of startup and operational tests, with results of testing for each
specified operation.
LAll guarantees and warranties shall not begin until final acceptance of the systems and
equipment by the Owner. Acceptance requires, at a minimum, complete systems startup
and testing.
3.9
A.
SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND INFORMATION
Coordination of Information: Cooperate and coordinate with work of other Sections in
executing work of this Section. Perform work such that progress of entire project including
work of other Sections shall not be interfered with or delayed. Provide information as
requested on items furnished under this Section which shall be installed under other Sections.
Obtain detailed installation information from manufacturers of equipment provided under this
Section.
B. Obtain final roughing dimensions or other information as needed for complete installation of
items furnished under other Sections or by the Owner. Keep fully informed as to shape, size
and position of openings required for material or equipment to be provided under this and other
Sections. Give full information so that openings required by work of this Section may be
coordinated with other work and other openings and may be provided for in advance. In case
of failure to provide sufficient information in proper time, provide cutting and patching or have
same done, at no expense to the Owner.
C. Housekeeping Pads: Provide information as requested as to sizes, number and locations of
concrete housekeeping pads necessary for floor mounted equipment.
D. Maintenance of equipment and systems: Maintain equipment and systems until Final
Acceptance. Ensure adequate protection of equipment and material during delivery, storage,
installation and shutdown and during delays pending final test of systems and equipment
because of seasonal conditions.
E. Use of premises: Use of premises shall be restricted as directed by the Owner's Representative
and as required below:
1. Cleaning and Rubbish Removal: Remove and dispose of dirt and debris, and keep
premises clean. During progress of work, remove equipment and unused material. Put
building and premises in neat and clean condition, and do cleaning and washing
required to provide acceptable appearance and operation of equipment, to satisfaction
of the Owner's Representative.
2. Storage: Store materials in a manner that will maintain an orderly, clean appearance.
If stored on site in open or unprotected areas, all equipment and material shall be kept
off the ground by means of pallets or racks, and covered with tarpaulins.
17000 - 14
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUGUST A MUSEUM OF HISTORY
F. Protection of Fireproofing:
1. Clips, hangers, clamps, supports and other attachments to surfaces to be fireproofed
shall be installed, insofar as possible, prior to start of spray fire proofing work.
2. Conduits and other items, which would interfere with proper application of
fireproofing, shall be installed after completion of spray fire proofing work.
3. Patching and repairing of fireproofing due to cutting or damaging to fireproofing
during course of work specified under this Section shall be performed by installer of
fireproofing and paid for by the Section responsible for damage and shall not constitute
grounds for an extra to the Owner.
G. Temporary Utilities: Refer to Division 1 regarding requirements.
H. Movement of Materials: Unload materials and equipment delivered to site. Pay costs for
rigging, hoisting, lowering and moving equipment on and around site, in building or on roof.
I. Other Requirements:
1. All wiring conductors connected to terminal strips shall be individually numbered and
each cable or wiring group being extended from a panel or cabinet to a building mounted
device shall be identified with the name and number of the particular device as identified
and shown on building drawings.
2. All exposed wiring inside and outside the control console, cabinets, boxes, and similar
enclosures, shall be dressed down neatly and secured with wiring cleats or wire ties.
3. All exposed metallic flexible conduit and armored cable shall be dressed down neatly and
secured with low profile, metal fasteners.
4. All cabinets, boxes, and similar enclosures containing system components and/or cabling
and which are easily accessible to employees or to the public shall be provided with a key
lock and four spare keys to be furnished to the Owner. Boxes above ceilings in occupied
areas of the building shall not be considered to be accessible, unless specified or
indicated otherwise.
5. All junction boxes and small device enclosures below ceiling level and easily accessible
to employees or the public shall be covered with a suitable cover plate and secured with
tamper proof screws.
6. Provide weatherproof equipment and wiring methods for wet locations and areas exposed
to weather.
7. Provide all necessary interconnections, services, and adjustments required for a complete
and operable system as specified. Control signal, communications, and data transmission
line grounding shall be installed as necessary to preclude ground loops, noise, and surges
from adversely affecting system operation.
8. Provide device tags for each I/O point on Air-Handlers, identified by control schematic
tag identification. As part of this identification each graphic I/O point shall have the
same ID tag on the graphic screen. Follow same tag method as existing Siemens
Richmond County Projects.
END OF SECTION
END OF PROJECT MANUAL
17000-15
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS